WO1997004748A9 - Enhanced artificial viral envelopes for cellular delivery of therapeutic substances - Google Patents
Enhanced artificial viral envelopes for cellular delivery of therapeutic substancesInfo
- Publication number
- WO1997004748A9 WO1997004748A9 PCT/US1996/012750 US9612750W WO9704748A9 WO 1997004748 A9 WO1997004748 A9 WO 1997004748A9 US 9612750 W US9612750 W US 9612750W WO 9704748 A9 WO9704748 A9 WO 9704748A9
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- liposome
- polynucleotide
- ofthe
- component
- lipid
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 44
- 210000004779 membrane envelope Anatomy 0.000 title claims abstract description 36
- 230000001225 therapeutic Effects 0.000 title abstract description 38
- 230000001413 cellular Effects 0.000 title description 2
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 267
- 229920000023 polynucleotide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 267
- 210000004027 cells Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 245
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 127
- 210000001519 tissues Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 123
- 230000000799 fusogenic Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 95
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 94
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 85
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 85
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 claims description 340
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N (3β)-Cholest-5-en-3-ol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 claims description 97
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 91
- QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N serotonin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCN)=CNC2=C1 QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 79
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 69
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 claims description 56
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 53
- 229940107161 Cholesterol Drugs 0.000 claims description 50
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 50
- 210000004072 Lung Anatomy 0.000 claims description 47
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 45
- 229940076279 Serotonin Drugs 0.000 claims description 39
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 39
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 39
- 230000001588 bifunctional Effects 0.000 claims description 37
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- 230000003612 virological Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 108090001123 antibodies Proteins 0.000 claims description 20
- 102000004965 antibodies Human genes 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002753 trypsin inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 229940079593 drugs Drugs 0.000 claims description 15
- 210000002889 Endothelial Cells Anatomy 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 101700038759 VP1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 13
- 101710043164 Segment-4 Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 101700005460 hemA Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000000185 hemagglutinin Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000006572 Human Influenza Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010022000 Influenza Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- -1 anionic lipid Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000000295 complement Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920001850 Nucleic acid sequence Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 231100000765 Toxin Toxicity 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 108020003112 toxins Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000051 modifying Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000001264 neutralization Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 abstract description 33
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 abstract description 26
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 abstract description 24
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 abstract description 23
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 abstract description 21
- 230000001965 increased Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 abstract description 4
- 210000004962 mammalian cells Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 74
- 229920003013 deoxyribonucleic acid Polymers 0.000 description 70
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 45
- 229920000272 Oligonucleotide Polymers 0.000 description 36
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 35
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 35
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 31
- 230000002708 enhancing Effects 0.000 description 30
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 27
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 25
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 24
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 24
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 102100007124 MTPAP Human genes 0.000 description 23
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 21
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 20
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 19
- LKQLRGMMMAHREN-YJFXYUILSA-N N-stearoylsphingosine-1-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)[C@H](O)\C=C\CCCCCCCCCCCCC LKQLRGMMMAHREN-YJFXYUILSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 17
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 241000725643 Respiratory syncytial virus Species 0.000 description 15
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000003834 intracellular Effects 0.000 description 15
- UNJJBGNPUUVVFQ-ZJUUUORDSA-N Phosphatidylserine Chemical compound CCCC(=O)O[C@H](COC(=O)CC)COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O UNJJBGNPUUVVFQ-ZJUUUORDSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229940067631 Phospholipids Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 150000003905 phosphatidylinositols Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229920000160 (ribonucleotides)n+m Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 210000003734 Kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M buffer Substances [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229920002033 ribozyme Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 210000000170 Cell Membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000000692 anti-sense Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 10
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 210000004185 Liver Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 108010077850 Nuclear Localization Signals Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002068 genetic Effects 0.000 description 9
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 9
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Myristic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 210000004940 Nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000000875 corresponding Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920001405 Coding region Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 210000003494 Hepatocytes Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 108091007172 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000038129 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol group Chemical group OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 7
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 108020004999 Messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 210000000865 Mononuclear Phagocyte System Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palmitic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002255 enzymatic Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001976 improved Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920002106 messenger RNA Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000036961 partial Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000008103 phosphatidic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000003168 reconstitution method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 6
- NRHMKIHPTBHXPF-TUJRSCDTSA-M sodium cholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 NRHMKIHPTBHXPF-TUJRSCDTSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 6
- LDGWQMRUWMSZIU-LQDDAWAPSA-M 2,3-bis[(Z)-octadec-9-enoxy]propyl-trimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCOCC(C[N+](C)(C)C)OCCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC LDGWQMRUWMSZIU-LQDDAWAPSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 229920002676 Complementary DNA Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 210000000805 Cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propidium iodide Chemical compound [I-].[I-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CCC[N+](C)(CC)CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 101710009148 SERPINA1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000001475 anti-trypsic Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003247 decreasing Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002121 endocytic Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000004077 genetic alteration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 231100000118 genetic alteration Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002633 protecting Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108091007521 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002194 synthesizing Effects 0.000 description 5
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 4
- 210000004556 Brain Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229940110715 ENZYMES FOR TREATMENT OF WOUNDS AND ULCERS Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000021360 Myristic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 4
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000037240 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 4
- JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-L glutarate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCC([O-])=O JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229940020899 hematological Enzymes Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 media Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000025608 mitochondrion localization Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000000056 organs Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002035 prolonged Effects 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reduced Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005063 solubilization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010257 thawing Methods 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 4
- BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxyfluorescein Chemical compound C12=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C11OC(=O)C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C21 BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000012605 Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010079245 Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229940009976 Deoxycholate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 101700079760 EFCB Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710005090 ERVFC1-1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710013371 ERVS71-1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 3
- 210000001163 Endosomes Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 Hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000018358 Immunoglobulins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 210000003712 Lysosomes Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 101710029649 MDV043 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 102400000368 Surface protein Human genes 0.000 description 3
- HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N Zidovudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N=[N+]=[N-])C1 HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 201000003883 cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000004059 degradation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-M deoxycholate Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 201000009910 diseases by infectious agent Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002919 epithelial cells Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- SSVFMICWXDVRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CCO SSVFMICWXDVRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000001641 gel filtration chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000008134 glucuronides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001744 histochemical Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002356 laser light scattering Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001868 lysosomic Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006011 modification reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutic aid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 101700016463 pls Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001737 promoting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010002683 synthetic LTSP protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000004627 transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- PIEPQKCYPFFYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris acetate Chemical compound CC(O)=O.OCC(N)(CO)CO PIEPQKCYPFFYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002691 unilamellar liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZAKBPRIDLSBYQQ-VHSXEESVSA-N 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho-(1'-sn-glycerol) Chemical group CC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(C)=O)COP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H](O)CO ZAKBPRIDLSBYQQ-VHSXEESVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020005345 3' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MPZWMIIOPAPAKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-5-[[1-carboxy-4-(diaminomethylideneamino)butyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(N)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N MPZWMIIOPAPAKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020003589 5' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000037085 5-hydroxytryptamine receptor family Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091019276 5-hydroxytryptamine receptor family Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100006669 ALPP Human genes 0.000 description 2
- DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acridine orange Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=NC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3C=C21 DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000432074 Adeno-associated virus Species 0.000 description 2
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 Blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001185 Bone Marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Caesium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cs+] AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 208000005623 Carcinogenesis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 Chromosomes Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N Deoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000981 Epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101700038997 GC Proteins 0.000 description 2
- LSPKYLAFTPBWIL-BYPYZUCNSA-N Glu-Gly Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O LSPKYLAFTPBWIL-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101700021312 H2BS1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100002658 H2BS1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N HCl Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000006947 Histones Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002265 Human Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000854 Human Growth Hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001865 Kupffer Cells Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920001320 Leader sequence (mRNA) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- NPBGTPKLVJEOBE-IUCAKERBSA-N Lys-Arg Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCNC(N)=N NPBGTPKLVJEOBE-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NVGBPTNZLWRQSY-UWVGGRQHSA-N Lys-Lys Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN NVGBPTNZLWRQSY-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000012750 Membrane Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010090054 Membrane Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L MgCl2 Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 210000001672 Ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108091005771 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VUVGYHUDAICLFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Perosmic oxide Chemical compound O=[Os](=O)(=O)=O VUVGYHUDAICLFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000030951 Phosphotransferases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091000081 Phosphotransferases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000008425 Protein Deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000007615 Pulmonary Surfactant-Associated Protein A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010007100 Pulmonary Surfactant-Associated Protein A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-HGQWONQESA-N Simvastatin Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=CC2=C[C@H](C)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)C(C)(C)CC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-HGQWONQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000952 Spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920000401 Three prime untranslated region Polymers 0.000 description 2
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tris Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010001801 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016350 Viral Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010047461 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000001756 Virus Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229960002555 Zidovudine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ISXSJGHXHUZXNF-LXZPIJOJSA-N [(3S,8S,9S,10R,13R,14S,17R)-10,13-dimethyl-17-[(2R)-6-methylheptan-2-yl]-2,3,4,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl] N-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]carbamate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1C=C2C[C@@H](OC(=O)NCCN(C)C)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 ISXSJGHXHUZXNF-LXZPIJOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000240 adjuvant Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010044715 asialofetuin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005427 asialoglycoprotein receptor family Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010006523 asialoglycoprotein receptor family Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010040443 aspartyl-aspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010047857 aspartylglycine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000003190 augmentative Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003613 bile acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001841 cholesterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001808 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004748 cultured cells Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960003964 deoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001809 detectable Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003511 endothelial Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QPJBWNIQKHGLAU-IQZHVAEDSA-N ganglioside GM1 Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC[C@H](NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@H](O)\C=C\CCCCCCCCCCCCC)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@]2(O[C@H]([C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)C(O)=O)[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](CO)O1 QPJBWNIQKHGLAU-IQZHVAEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 2
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012510 hollow fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006713 insertion reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002687 intercalation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000008263 liquid aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009630 liquid culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002934 lysing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010054155 lysyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003278 mimic Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002438 mitochondrial Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010045030 monoclonal antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005614 monoclonal antibodies Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L na2so4 Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010091617 pentalysine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010091748 peptide A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010031345 placental alkaline phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008275 solid aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002195 synergetic Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N t-BuOH Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XVTUQDWPJJBEHJ-KZCWQMDCSA-N tetrastearoyl cardiolipin Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)CO[P@@](O)(=O)OCC(O)CO[P@](O)(=O)OC[C@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC XVTUQDWPJJBEHJ-KZCWQMDCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002103 transcriptional Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001052 transient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960001322 trypsin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005199 ultracentrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000000277 virosome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003442 weekly Effects 0.000 description 2
- HEGSGKPQLMEBJL-RQICVUQASA-N (2R,3S,4S,5R)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-octoxyoxane-3,4,5-triol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HEGSGKPQLMEBJL-RQICVUQASA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDQDCFBVYXEFSD-SRVKXCTJSA-N (2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]butanedioic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O PDQDCFBVYXEFSD-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCHIXGBGRHLSBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methyl-2-oxochromen-7-yl) dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound C1=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=CC2=C1OC(=O)C=C2C BCHIXGBGRHLSBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISXSJGHXHUZXNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[10,13-dimethyl-17-(6-methylheptan-2-yl)-2,3,4,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl]oxycarbonylamino]ethyl-dimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.C1C=C2CC(OC(=O)NCCN(C)C)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(C)CCCC(C)C)C1(C)CC2 ISXSJGHXHUZXNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHOQXEIFYTTXJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbuta-1,3-diene;2-methylprop-1-ene Chemical compound CC(C)=C.CC(=C)C=C VHOQXEIFYTTXJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UMZBRFQRSA-N 4-[(3R,5S,7R,12S)-3,7,12-trihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]pentanoic acid Chemical class C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CCC1(C)C1C2C2CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UMZBRFQRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUTIHHSZKFBMHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-5-[(3-amino-1-carboxy-3-oxopropyl)amino]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(N)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O TUTIHHSZKFBMHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004042 4-aminobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 101710027066 ALB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010000565 Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000009914 Adenosine deaminases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022188 Adenosine deaminases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000724328 Alfalfa mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000004176 Alphacoronavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000429837 Alternaria caespitosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000002821 Alveolar epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 Antibody-Producing Cells Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000007592 Apolipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071619 Apolipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DVUFTQLHHHJEMK-IMJSIDKUSA-N Asp-Ala Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O DVUFTQLHHHJEMK-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRYULLIZUDQONW-IMJSIDKUSA-N Asp-Asp Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O FRYULLIZUDQONW-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHFNSBBHKSZXKB-VKHMYHEASA-N Asp-Gly Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O JHFNSBBHKSZXKB-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXWUJJADFMXNKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparaginyl-Leucine Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O HXWUJJADFMXNKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006673 Asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003816 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003050 Axons Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102100015648 BACE2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101700051947 BACE2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010060945 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 Bile Salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 Bovine Serum Albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091003117 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100016492 CD34 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060001251 CD34 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010041397 CD4 Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100019404 CDSN Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101700062689 CDSN Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010064063 CHARGE syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101700007905 CHD7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100012921 CHD7 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- FPPNZSSZRUTDAP-UWFZAAFLSA-N Carbenicillin Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)C(C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FPPNZSSZRUTDAP-UWFZAAFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003669 Carbenicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbodicyclohexylimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003855 Cell Nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002421 Cell Wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N Chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 Chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-Acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002759 Circular DNA Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004638 Circular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000062 Coding strand Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010099 Combined immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010356 Congenital anomaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101700011961 DPOM Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-K Disodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000008422 EC 2.7.1.78 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021757 EC 2.7.1.78 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000033147 ERVK-25 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010014561 Emphysema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010068516 Encapsulation reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003038 Endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 241000709661 Enterovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940088598 Enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 Erythrocytes Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000665 Exon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108060003023 F Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960000301 Factor VIII Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010054218 Factor VIII Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001690 Factor VIII Human genes 0.000 description 1
- IRXSLJNXXZKURP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)Cl)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 IRXSLJNXXZKURP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101700030336 GLYCP Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FYYSIASRLDJUNP-WHFBIAKZSA-N Glu-Asp Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O FYYSIASRLDJUNP-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003676 Glucocorticoid Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000079 Glucocorticoid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IEFJWDNGDZAYNZ-BYPYZUCNSA-N Gly-Glu Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC(O)=O IEFJWDNGDZAYNZ-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKAIKUBBJHFNBZ-LURJTMIESA-N Gly-Lys Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CN IKAIKUBBJHFNBZ-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJHCSUXXECOXOY-NSHDSACASA-N Gly-Trp Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](NC(=O)CN)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 AJHCSUXXECOXOY-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004457 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710005864 HI_0216 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000015434 Humanized Monoclonal Antibodies Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010064750 Humanized Monoclonal Antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000018804 IFNG Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 Immune System Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010022114 Injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940047124 Interferons Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940100601 Interleukin-6 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940047122 Interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002459 Intron Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004391 Introns Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010001831 LDL receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100012475 LDLR Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UUNJERMWSA-N Lactose Natural products O([C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]1CO)[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UUNJERMWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTXBNHIUIHNGAO-UWVGGRQHSA-N Leu-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN OTXBNHIUIHNGAO-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005482 Lipopolysaccharide Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010031801 Lipopolysaccharide Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 Lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 101710005865 MPN_201 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710005862 MPN_285 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710005861 MPN_289 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710005860 MPN_290 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710029070 MPN_343 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710005841 MPN_365 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710005863 MPN_615 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710005859 MPN_638 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 Macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010027796 Membrane Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018897 Membrane Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PBOUVYGPDSARIS-IUCAKERBSA-N Met-Leu Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(C)C PBOUVYGPDSARIS-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M Monopotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000714177 Murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101700080605 NUC1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002957 Naked DNA Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 Organelles Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940026778 Other chemotherapeutics in ATC Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101700061424 POLB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001631646 Papillomaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000006551 Parasitic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000035443 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OZILORBBPKKGRI-RYUDHWBXSA-N Phe-Arg Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OZILORBBPKKGRI-RYUDHWBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JXWLMUIXUXLIJR-QWRGUYRKSA-N Phe-Glu Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JXWLMUIXUXLIJR-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenolsulfonephthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003531 Phenolsulfonphthalein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphite Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])[O-] AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLKYUHGUYSLMPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoramidite Chemical compound NP([O-])[O-] LLKYUHGUYSLMPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010089814 Plant Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010003541 Platelet Activating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- HMNSRTLZAJHSIK-YUMQZZPRSA-N Pro-Arg Chemical compound NC(=N)NCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 HMNSRTLZAJHSIK-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFWBWPCXSWUCLB-WDSKDSINSA-N Pro-Ser Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C([O-])=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCC[NH2+]1 AFWBWPCXSWUCLB-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004005 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000459 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000001147 Pulmonary Artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 101700054624 RF1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710005441 RPL24 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010003398 Rabies virus glycoprotein G Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000702263 Reovirus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010015329 Respiratory syncytial virus G glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940064914 Retrovir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001914 Ribonucleotide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004418 Ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003705 Ribosomes Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710042981 SHMT1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 Serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000009642 Severe combined immunodeficiency due to adenosine deaminase deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000978 Start codon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000019197 Superoxide Dismutase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012715 Superoxide Dismutase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003283 T-Lymphocytes, Helper-Inducer Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102100008471 THBD Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100011242 THBS1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710041009 THBS1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010079274 Thrombomodulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MZZINWWGSYUHGU-UHFFFAOYSA-J ToTo-1 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].[I-].[I-].C12=CC=CC=C2C(C=C2N(C3=CC=CC=C3S2)C)=CC=[N+]1CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C1=CC=CC=C11)=CC=C1C=C1N(C)C2=CC=CC=C2S1 MZZINWWGSYUHGU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 229920001949 Transfer RNA Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960002117 Triamcinolone Acetonide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YNDXUCZADRHECN-JNQJZLCISA-N Triamcinolone acetonide Chemical group C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CO)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O YNDXUCZADRHECN-JNQJZLCISA-N 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H Tricalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- TYYLDKGBCJGJGW-WMZOPIPTSA-N Trp-Tyr Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)N)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 TYYLDKGBCJGJGW-WMZOPIPTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020003635 Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000146 Untranslated region Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101700087068 VGLG Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101700055524 VME1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003934 Vacuoles Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JKHXYJKMNSSFFL-IUCAKERBSA-N Val-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN JKHXYJKMNSSFFL-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 Veins Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711975 Vesicular stomatitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229960004528 Vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010066342 Virus Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018265 Virus Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive Effects 0.000 description 1
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N adrenaline Chemical compound CNCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000246 agarose gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002506 anticoagulant protein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010013835 arginine glutamate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010062796 arginyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010060035 arginylproline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 101700065210 asp1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000009596 autoimmune hypersensitivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003287 bathing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005388 borosilicate glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- KTUQUZJOVNIKNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-ol;hydrate Chemical compound O.CCCCO KTUQUZJOVNIKNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005549 butyl rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atoms Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006143 cell culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005859 cell recognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015861 cell surface binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030570 cellular localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003850 cellular structures Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005591 charge neutralization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000536 complexating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005574 cross-species transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002716 delivery method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012154 double-distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002222 downregulating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000002296 dynamic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N edta Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003890 endocrine cells Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001952 enzyme assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- VFUTZYBBLNFFKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethane-1,2-diamine;methanediimine Chemical compound N=C=N.NCCN VFUTZYBBLNFFKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003260 fluorescence intensity Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101700075237 gG Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000005021 gait Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010358 genetic engineering technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010049041 glutamylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003899 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010066198 glycyl-leucyl-phenylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010015792 glycyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010081551 glycylphenylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010084389 glycyltryptophan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000028267 human IFNG protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229960000027 human factor IX Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005660 hydrophilic surface Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004047 hyperresponsiveness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001524 infective Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004968 inflammatory condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OWIKHYCFFJSOEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate Chemical compound N=C=O OWIKHYCFFJSOEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWHLPLXXIDYSNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketorolac tromethamine Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO.OC(=O)C1CCN2C1=CC=C2C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BWHLPLXXIDYSNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710017890 large T Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000002605 large molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002045 lasting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical group [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 108010034529 leucyl-lysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium sulphate Substances [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000021121 meiosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034217 membrane fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037353 metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-L methylphosphonate(2-) Chemical compound CP([O-])([O-])=O YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003228 microsomal Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011278 mitosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101700045377 mvp1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001613 neoplastic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101700006494 nucA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091006094 nucleoid-associated proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical Effects 0.000 description 1
- VANNPISTIUFMLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxane-2,6-dione Chemical compound O=C1CCCC(=O)O1 VANNPISTIUFMLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasites Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003071 parasitic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogens Species 0.000 description 1
- RCCYSVYHULFYHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentanediamide Chemical compound NC(=O)CCCC(N)=O RCCYSVYHULFYHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000863 peptide conjugate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008196 pharmacological composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010018625 phenylalanylarginine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000865 phosphorylative Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003726 plant lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001402 polyadenylating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008117 polyclonal antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010031719 prolyl-serine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020978 protein processing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101700083974 prrB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920002973 ribosomal RNA Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013533 rum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000013275 serotonin uptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005549 size reduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710044770 sll1951 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHHPUSMSKHSNKW-SMOYURAASA-M sodium deoxycholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 FHHPUSMSKHSNKW-SMOYURAASA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- JAJWGJBVLPIOOH-IZYKLYLVSA-M sodium taurocholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 JAJWGJBVLPIOOH-IZYKLYLVSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000803 sterility Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001839 systemic circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101700042113 tap Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000005026 transcription initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010044292 tryptophyltyrosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002525 ultrasonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000017613 viral reproduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000605 viral structures Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N β-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
Definitions
- a number of important human diseases involve a perturbation in the normal level of gene expression. Certain genes are either underexpressed or overexpressed in the affected cells. There is a long-standing interest in developing a treatment modality capable of altering genetic expression levels. Many important genes have been cloned and sequenced, and expression systems that have been developed should allow them to play a therapeutic role once delivered inside the affected cells.
- compositions may be diluted by endogenous substances, and degraded or eliminated before they have a chance to exert their pharmacological effect. They may also modify cells other than the intended target.
- An effective delivery vehicle will therefore have several properties. At the very least, it should protect the polynucleotide from degradation long enough to arrive at the intended target intact, and have no substantial adverse effect on the subject. If the polynucleotide exerts its therapeutic effect inside the cell, then the delivery vehicle should also be capable of promoting entry ofthe polynucleotide across the cell membrane. Ideally, the delivery vehicle will also have an ability to exert its effect on the target tissue in preference to unaffected tissues in the same individual.
- Viral vectors have several complications. First, a large amount of native virus sequence is provided, with the virus modified to be replication negative. There is always the risk of recombination with other infective agents with undesirable results. Second, each gene to be administered must be genetically engineered into the virus. Third, both retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors have low packaging efficiency, and there is a packaging limit on the size of heterologous polynucleotide sequence that can be included. Fourth, adenovirus vectors have been associated with a significant inflammatory response.
- Gene therapy may be conducted by administering naked DNA, particularly for immunization purposes.
- DNA may be complexed with proteins that package them into certain structures.
- the B. subtilis nucleoid-associated protein HPB12 compacts DNA into slightly curved rods (Schultz-Gahmen et al.), and a valine tripeptide condenses circular DNA into torus-shaped particles (Vengerov et al.).
- DNA may also be complexed with proteins that promote localization near the nucleus (reviewed by Dingwall et al. and Behr et al.).
- the DNA may be associated with an additional component to assist it in binding or transcending the outer membrane ofthe intended target cell.
- complexes are: a) a ligand-polylysine complex (Wilson et al.), in which the ligand is specifically recognized by a receptor such as the asialoglycoprotein receptor on hepatocytes, and facilitates binding to the target cell; b) an antibody-polylysine complex (Trubetskoy et al.), in which the antibody facilitates binding to a cell-surface antigen recognized by the antibody; and c) a complex in which the DNA is conjugated to a peptide such as hemagglutinin (Bongartz et al.) designed to destabilize the target cell membrane.
- the DNA is not protected from the effects of enzymes and other solutes in the environment that may degrade the DNA before it reaches its destination.
- cationic liposomes particularly liposomes comprising DC-cholesterol (Ledley).
- Positively charged liposomes are pre-formed, and then combined with the polynucleotide, which associates with the liposomes by charge- association.
- the positively charged liposome membrane facilitates entry ofthe polynucleotide into the cell without initiating endocytosis.
- the complex may optionally also comprise a polypeptide that may target the polynucleotide to the nucleus once inside the cell (see, e.g., Conary et al.; WO 95/34647).
- the polynucleotide is associated with the outside ofthe liposomes, rather than being encapsulated within them, it is still at the mercy ofthe environment while en route to the target cell.
- the polynucleotide can be encapsulated inside a liposome.
- Particularly suitable for encapsulation are liposomes with lipid membranes that are anionic or neutral in charge.
- the lipid envelope protects the polynucleotide during storage and after administration before contact with the target cell.
- liposomes of different structure and lipid composition. See, for example, Gregoriadis (1988 & 1993), Watwe et al., Vemuri et al., Elorza et al., and U.S. Patents 4,737,323 and 5,008,050.
- Preformed liposomes may then be filled with a therapeutic substance by dehydrating and rehydrating them in the presence ofthe substance (WO 95/12387); forming a liposome film and then presenting an aqueous mixture ofthe substance (U.S. Patent 4,515,736); or treating them with a bile-acid detergent to render them permeable to the substance (EP Patent 0274581).
- Placing a therapeutic substance in a liposome may in itself enhance targeting to specific locations in the body, such as tumors (U.S. Patent 5,019,369).
- a polynucleotide in a liposome encapsulated form suitable for therapeutic use has a number of special challenges. These include: a) sufficient inco ⁇ oration of polynucleotide into liposomes of suitable composition; b) evasion ofthe reticulo-endothelial system when used in vivo long enough to reach the intended location; c) delivery ofthe therapeutic contents into the target cell; d) therapeutic availability of the polynucleotide once delivered.
- Liposomes encapsulating polynucleotide expression systems are typically quite large. For example, those described in U.S. 4,078,052 are about 1000 nm; those described in Thierry et al. are up to 3000 nm in diameter.
- reticulo-endothelial system particularly cells such as Kupffer cells that have direct contact with circulating particles. Larger liposomes are especially susceptible to uptake.
- Liposomes of particular composition apparently evade the RES and have prolonged circulation time: for a general review, see Oko et al.
- Particularly effective lipid compositions are those with a large proportion of sphingomyelin and cholesterol (WO 95/35094), or a combination of sphingomyelin and phosphatidylinositol (U.S. Patent 4,920,016).
- Liposomes with prolonged circulation time also include those that comprise the monosialoganglioside GM1 (Mumtaz et al.), glucuronide, or polyethylene glycol (Allen). Such compositions are sometimes referred to as "stealth liposomes".
- the RES system may be pre-blocked by a first administration of empty liposomes, which is then followed by a second administration of liposomes encapsulating the therapeutic compound (U.S. Patent 5,435,989).
- anionic liposomes do not necessarily have the ability to disrupt the cell membrane.
- Anionic liposomes typically enter via an endocytic pathway. This in itself does not succeed in delivering the payload to the cytoplasm, since endocytic compartments are topologically equivalent to the outside ofthe cell. Liposomes remaining in endocytic compartments or delivered to lysosomes may therefore be therapeutically ineffective. Instead, the liposome should fuse with the membrane, either on the outside ofthe cell or in an endocytic compartment, in order to reach full effectiveness.
- Lipid assymetry can make vesicles fusion-competent by inhibition of thermal undulations (Devaux et al.) Considerable progress towards therapeutically effective anionic liposomes occurred upon the invention of artificial viral envelopes (AVE; U.S. Patent 5,252,348). These are liposomes made to resemble the bilayer composition of viral envelopes, such as the HIV envelope. AVE with a unilamellar bilayer comprising a phospholipidxholesterol molar ratio of about 0.8:1.2 are inherently fusogenic.
- Liposomes may also be provided with molecules at the surface that help them find or treat the cell of interest.
- Small molecules may be attached by incorporating into the lipid bilayer a functionalized phosphoiipid (U.S. Patent 5,052,421) or a functionalized cholesterol (U.S. Patent 4,544,545).
- Polypeptides may be attached covalently to the lipid bilayer (EP Patent 0036277), to a glycophospholipid (U.S. Patent 5,374,548), to a carboxylated phosphoiipid (U.S. Patent 4,762,915), to a derivatized sterol (U.S. Patent 5,000,960), or to a peptide anchor (U.S. Patent 5,109,113).
- the polypeptide may be inco ⁇ orated directly into the lipid bilayer, either by forming the liposome in its presence, or by preforming the liposome and inserting the polypeptide subsequently using a suitable detergent (Tranum- Jensen et al., EP Patent 0047480, U.S. Patent 5,252,348).
- Liposomes have been prepared with mammalian-derived peptides such as cytokines (U.S. Patent 5,258,49), transferrin (Stavridis et al.), antibody (Laukkanen et al.), asialofetuin and other galactose-terminated side chains (Ishihara; Ghosh et al.), a fusogenic protein from rat brain microsomal membranes (Rakowska et al.), and surfactant protein A (Walther et al.).
- mammalian-derived peptides such as cytokines (U.S. Patent 5,258,49), transferrin (Stavridis et al.), antibody (Laukkanen et al.), asialofetuin and other galactose-terminated side chains (Ishihara; Ghosh et al.), a fusogenic protein from rat brain microsomal membranes (Rakowska et al
- Liposomes have been prepared with artificial peptides, such as a 14-residue amphipathic sequence which is a fusogenic GALA-type peptide (Puyal et al.). Liposomes have also been prepared with viral components: for example, the F and G glycoprotein of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) (U.S. Patent 5,252,348), reovirus M.
- RSV respiratory syncytial virus
- one long-recognized problem is that liposomes are difficult to pack efficiently with polynucleotides (Fraley et al. 1980 & 1981). Even when packaging is accomplished, the number of liposomes containing a polynucleotide is low, which decreases the effectiveness ofthe preparation. As a consequence ofthe low packing rate, a large proportion ofthe polynucleotide supplied for the process is wasted. The size and plurality of polynucleotide inside each liposome is necessarily constrained, which limits the range of therapeutic compositions that can be prepared.
- lipid envelopes that do encapsulate a polynucleotide are typically so large that they are easily captured by the reticuloendothelial system, and are consequently unsuitable for systemic administration.
- Another problem is that encapsulated polynucleotides have not been targeted with adequate efficiency to particular cell types of interest, such as those in the lung.
- the packing problem is solved in this invention by providing compounds and methods for compressing the polynucleotide. Once compressed, the polynucleotide is easily encapsulated into a small-diameter liposome. Strategies presented in this disclosure are particularly suited for targeted delivery of many classes of therapeutic substances to particular cell types.
- This invention provides reagents and methods that can be used to compress polynucleotides to a suitable radius for encapsulation in neutral and anionic liposomes. It has been discovered that small peptides with a predominant positive charge, particularly due to lysine side chains, considerably reduce the average radius of DNA when analyzed by electron microscopy. As a result, polynucleotides are much more readily encapsulated in to liposomes. It has also been discovered that liposomes pre-formed with compressed polynucleotides inside can subsequently be inserted with tissue targeting and fusogenic components, and that these components work in concert to promote delivery ofthe polynucleotide into the cell. After delivery, the polynucleotide is unpackaged and decompressed, and can thereafter modulate the expression of an encoded protein.
- an important benefit of this invention is that the proportion of liposomes in a given preparation that encapsulate a polynucleotide is higher than what was previously possible.
- This technique has been used to encapsulate nucleotides of up to about 8,000 base pairs into liposomes of 250-1000 nm.
- compression increases the uptake into the liposomes from about 24% to about 64%.
- the number of liposomes containing genetic material increases from about 31% to about 73%.
- precious polynucleotides may be more efficiently encapsulated; b) more polynucleotide is present per liposome, meaning that less liposome need be given per dose, increasing the therapeutic potential; c) potentially, larger polynucleotides containing more genes and controlling elements, and more complex polynucleotide mixtures can be encapsulated than before. It is predicted that the maximum size of a nucleic acid in this type of composition for use in gene therapy will be limited not by the effectiveness ofthe compression or the size ofthe liposome, but by the practical limit size of a functioning plasmid, which is ofthe order of 12,000 base pairs.
- Another important benefit of this invention is the efficiency by which the material encapsulated by a liposome can be delivered to a target cell.
- a tissue targeting component By providing the liposome with a tissue targeting component, it accumulates in the vicinity ofthe target.
- the liposome with a fusogenic polypeptide By providing the liposome with a fusogenic polypeptide, the rate of fusion with the target cell membrane is enhanced. The effect is synergistic. Compared with unmodified liposomes, those containing a fusogenic component show about 2.5 x higher elevation in expression ofthe encapsulated polynucleotide. Those containing both fusogenic and tissue targeting components show about 8 x higher elevation in expression.
- Particular embodiments of this invention include a liposome comprising a synthetic lipid vesicle and a compressed polynucleotide encapsulated by the vesicle.
- Preferred vesicles are essentially unilamellar, between about 100 nm and 1000 nm in size, and have a cholesterol :phospholipid molar ratio between about 0.5 and 1.2.
- the polynucleotide is preferably compressed with a polypeptide comprising a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% ofthe amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7.
- the liposome also preferably comprises a tissue targeting component, specific for lung endothelial cells or another cell type.
- inventions are liposomes with serotonin on the outer surface.
- the serotonin acts as a tissue targeting component for lung endothelial cells.
- the liposomes may encapsulate any material, including polynucleotides (particularly a compressed polynucleotides), peptides, drugs, and toxins.
- Further embodiments of this invention are bifunctional liposomes, comprising a synthetic lipid vesicle, a tissue targeting component, and a fusogenic component, wherein the tissue targeting component and the fusogenic component do not naturally occur together on a single molecule or a single viral particle.
- the two components may be independently anchored in the lipid bilayer, present together as a fusion protein, or the tissue targeting component may be on the surface while the fusogenic component is encapsulated.
- Preferred fusogenic components are modeled on fragments of the influenza hemagglutinin peptide, particularly those having the sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:7.
- Preferred bifunctional liposomes are obtainable by one ofthe following processes: 1. Encapsulating the polynucleotide in the lipid vesicle; contacting the lipid vesicle with the tissue targeting component and with the fusogenic component in any order in the presence of a detergent; and removing the detergent. 2. Encapsulating the polynucleotide in a lipid vesicle comprising a phosphoiipid or sterol to which the tissue targeting component is covalently attached; contacting the lipid vesicle with the tissue targeting component in the presence of a detergent; and removing the detergent. 3.
- lipid vesicle comprising a phosphoiipid or sterol to which the tissue targeting component is covalently attached; contacting the lipid vesicle with the fusogenic component in the presence of a detergent; and removing the detergent.
- Bifunctional liposomes prepared by other methods are contemplated and included in the invention.
- Yet another embodiment is a method of compressing a polynucleotide, comprising the step of contacting the polynucleotide with a positively charged polypeptide, preferably comprising a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% ofthe amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7.
- a positively charged polypeptide preferably comprising a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% ofthe amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7.
- at least about half of the amino acids in the comprised sequence are lysine.
- Another embodiment of this invention is a method of delivering a polynucleotide to a cell, comprising contacting the cell with a liposome of this invention.
- Another embodiment is a method for up- or down-regulating expression of a protein by a cell, comprising contacting the cell with a liposome of this invention comprising a compressed polynucleotide comprising an encoding or antisense sequence.
- Further embodiments are methods for delivering a substance to a cell in an individual, comprising administering the substance encapsulated in a liposome of this invention.
- Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of gene therapy are also embodied in the invention.
- Figure 1 is a half-tone reproduction of transmission electron micrographs, showing identical plasmids, first before and then after addition of a compressing peptide.
- the plasmid comprised an expressible polynucleotide sequence and was approximately 8 kilobases in size.
- the compressing peptide was about 12 amino acids in length, having the sequence of SEQ. ID NO:2.
- the magnification in the Right Panel is about 2.5 times that in the Left Panel.
- Figure 2 is a half-tone reproduction of transmission electron micrographs, showing plasmids identical to those in Figure 1 , compressed with polylysine or histone protein.
- Figure 3 is a half-tone reproduction of a gel stained with ethidium bromide, showing that the electrophoretic mobility of a plasmid is altered after addition ofthe compressing peptide.
- Figure 4 is a series of graphs obtained from FACS analysis, showing the percentage of liposomes containing fluorescent DNA.
- Fig. 4a is the analysis of empty liposomes;
- Fig. 4b is the analysis of liposomes containing uncompressed DNA;
- the Fig. 4c is the analysis of liposomes containing compressed DNA.
- Figure 5 is a half-tone reproduction of fluorescence micrographs, showing the location of fluorescent DNA in transfected cells.
- the DNA was prepared in the absence or presence of a nuclear targeting signal.
- Figure 6 is a graph showing the level of expression ofthe CAT reporter gene transfected cells.
- the plasmid used for transfection was prepared with increasing amounts of a nuclear targeting signal.
- Figure 7 is a graph showing the degree of tissue staining due to aerosol administration of live animals with liposome-encapsulated compressed CAT reporter gene (hatched bars) or empty liposomes (solid bars).
- Figure 8 is a half-tone reproduction of lung staining due to intravenous administration of live animals with liposome-encapsulated PAP gene or empty liposomes. Neither the plasmid nor control-treated animals showed significant staining in the lung.
- Figure 9 is a half-tone reproduction of kidney staining in the same animals. PAP staining is present in sections from the gene transfected animal but not the control.
- Figure 10 is a half-tone reproduction of lung and kidney staining in an animal intravenously administered with liposome-encapsulated PAP gene.
- the liposomes also comprised serotonin, a tissue targeting component that was specific for lung endothelial cells. Significant staining was observed both in the lung and the kidney.
- Figure 11 is a bar graph showing that artificial viral envelopes (AVE) are stable in pH (open bars) and diameter (solid bars) during extended storage refrigerated or at room temperature.
- AVE artificial viral envelopes
- Figure 12 is a scheme for the preparation of serotonin conjugated to cholesterol, which can be inco ⁇ orated into liposomes for targeting to the lung.
- Figure 13 is bar graph showing that the level of expression ofthe marker gene PAP is enhanced in the lungs of treated animals when PAP is delivered with AVE comprising a fusogenic component (stippled bars). The level of expression is enhanced over 8-fold when delivered with bifunctional AVE, comprising both a fusogenic component and the lung-specific tissue targeting component serotonin.
- Figure 14 is four photomicrographs taken under phase-contrast and fluorescence illumination, showing that an ⁇ j-antitrypsin expression vector delivered using AVE accumulates near the nucleus of treated cells.
- Figure 15 is a bar graph showing that ⁇ -antitrypsin is secreted by treated cells when the expression vector is delivered using an AVE with a fusogenic component.
- Figure 16 is a series photomicrographs showing cells containing fluorescently labeled antisense oligonucleotides compressed with a positively charged polypeptide and delivered in an AVE.
- the therapeutic agent is enveloped in a lipid vesicle which has an enhanced ability to deliver its encapsulated material to a cell or region of therapeutic interest.
- the therapeutic agent is a polynucleotide
- small synthetic peptides are used to compress it into a three-dimensional conformation with a smaller average radius, and also partly neutralize the charge. This permits the polynucleotide to be more readily encapsulated into a liposome, which in turn is capable of promoting translocation ofthe polynucleotide across the outer membrane of a target cell.
- the liposome compositions of this invention may optionally comprise a molecule such as a member of a receptor-ligand pair that is accessible from the outside ofthe lipid envelope, and acts as a tissue targeting component. This enhances the ability ofthe liposome to localize near certain target cells when used in vitro, or at certain tissue sites when admimstered to a mammal, due to an affinity for the other member ofthe receptor- ligand pair.
- tissue targeting components are described in this enclosure, including the novel lung-specific targeting molecule serotonin.
- the liposome compositions may optionally comprise a fusogenic component.
- a fusogenic component This is a peptide attached to or embedded in the lipid envelope and promotes the ability ofthe liposome to deliver its encapsulated material into the target cell.
- Liposome compositions of this invention may also optionally comprise a polypeptide attached to the polynucleotide being delivered, whereby the polynucleotide, once inside the cell, is directed towards certain regions ofthe cell, such as the nucleus.
- the intracellular targeting component may be part ofthe same polypeptide which is used to compress the polynucleotide before its encapsulation.
- Liposomes prepared according to this method may be used whenever it is desirable to provide therapeutic compounds to a cell, such as for antisense or gene therapy. They may be employed for treatment of either isolated cells or intact animals, particularly humans, that are in need of such therapy. Accordingly, this invention also embodies liposomes in pharmaceutical compositions, and their use.
- the invention fulfills a long-felt need by solving many ofthe problems described earlier for the previously known compositions.
- the invention represents a significant advancement over prior art liposome compositions and gene delivery mechanisms for the following reasons: 1.
- the lipid vesicles are particularly suitable for use in biological systems. They protect their therapeutic contents from the environment until delivery to the target cell. Any therapeutic compound capable of envelopment in the vesicles may be delivered, from a large gene vector to a chemical hapten. While the compositions may comprise compression, targeting and fusogenic components, these need only be present in the amount required for activity.
- No potentially immunogenic structural proteins are present, as they are in viral packages.
- They By compressing a polynucleotide by combining with positively charged polypeptides, they can be encapsulated within liposomes at a previously unpredictable efficiency, and a su ⁇ risingly high density.
- Vesicles may be packed with large therapeutically useful expression vectors, then sized by extrusion down to a diameter as small as 100-300 nm without losing the polynucleotide. Small vesicles are particularly useful in avoiding uptake by the reticuloendothelial system in vivo, increasing their circulation time and enhancing uptake by the target tissue. 3.
- Vesicles containing compressed polynucleotides are remarkably resistant to subsequent manipulation.
- proteins such as fusogenic or tissue targeting components
- mild detergent treatment does not result in release ofthe compressed polynucleotide.
- the proteins are functionally accessible at the vesicle surface, and do not occupy space inside the vesicle where they might interfere with the polynucleotide.
- vesicles containing a compressed polynucleotide including those of small diameter or with a rigid structure, would be able to effectively display a tissue targeting molecule, thereby enhancing their accumulation at the target cell.
- vesicles, having reached the surface ofthe target cell would be capable of delivering their encapsulated material inside the cell.
- This disclosure shows that delivery to the target is considerably enhanced by a functionally accessible tissue targeting component. This even includes haptens that target to cell surface receptors like the serotonin receptor.
- bifunctional liposomes comprising both fusogenic and tissue targeting components, are remarkably efficient in delivering their encapsulated material to a target cell.
- Previously described viral particles like influenza have proteins that enhance cell surface binding and membrane fusion. These proteins have deliberately evolved and are oriented so as to work together to enhance infectivity ofthe particle.
- fusogenic and tissue targeting components that are: a) from completely different sources, and b) inserted into the viral envelope artificially, may nonetheless work together on the surface of an artificial lipid envelope. The ability of these components to work in concert results in an 8-fold improvement in delivery and expression ofthe encapsulated polynucleotide.
- lipid envelope or "lipid vesicle” is a small vesicle bounded by at least one and possibly more than one bilayer lipid membrane. It is made artificially from phospholipids, glycolipids, steroids such as cholesterol, related molecules, or a combination thereof by any technique known in the art, included but not limited to sonication, extrusion, or removal of detergent from lipid-detergent complexes.
- a liposome may optionally contain within the lipid membrane an additional element, such as a nucleic acid, a polypeptide, or a drug, that it may be desirable to deliver to a target cell.
- a liposome may also optionally comprise additional components associated with the outer surface, such as a tissue targeting component.
- a "synthetic" lipid vesicle refers to a vesicle assembled from lipids and other components rather than being extracted directly from viruses or cells, although their composition may be modeled on virus or cell membranes.
- lipid membrane or “lipid bilayer” need not consist exclusively of lipids, but may additionally contain any percentage of other components, included but not limited to cholesterol and other steroids, proteins of any length, and other amphipathic molecules, providing the general structure ofthe membrane is a sheet of two hydrophilic surfaces sandwiching a hydrophobic core.
- lipid membrane or “lipid bilayer” need not consist exclusively of lipids, but may additionally contain any percentage of other components, included but not limited to cholesterol and other steroids, proteins of any length, and other amphipathic molecules, providing the general structure ofthe membrane is a sheet of two hydrophilic surfaces sandwiching a hydrophobic core.
- the terms "artificial viral envelope” and "AVE” indicate a liposome that bears a lipid or lipid/cholesterol composition not derived from but resembling that of a naturally occurring virus or viral particle.
- AVE generally comprise at least two and preferably at least three phospholipids and a sterol, usually cholesterol or a cholesterol derivative.
- Preferred AVE are rigid, stable structures with a unilamellar lipid envelope.
- the cholesterol :phospholipid molar ratio is usually at least about 0.2:1 to 2.0:1, preferably about 0.5:1 to 1.2:1, more preferably about 0.8:1 to 1.2: 1, and even more preferably about 1 :1.
- AVE of this invention also comprise a tissue targeting component functionally accessible from the outside.
- a liposome or AVE is said to "encapsulate" an additional component, such as a polynucleotide, a peptide, or a drug, if the lipid bilayer separates the additional component from the external environment.
- an additional component such as a polynucleotide, a peptide, or a drug
- This may be tested, for example, by determining whether the liposome is capable of protecting the component from an externally provided reagent which is effective against the component but not against the bilayer.
- an encapsulated DNA will be protected from digestion by exogenously added DNAse; an encapsulated RNA will be protected from exogenously added RNAse; an encapsulated peptide will be protected from binding by an exogenously added antibody directed against it.
- the liposome may still be permeable to certain lipid-soluble peptides, chemicals and drugs, and that the encapsulated component will still be susceptible to such compounds, or to other compounds should the integrity ofthe lipid membrane be compromised
- the "payload” or “encapsulated material” of a liposome refers to material encapsulated by the liposome according to the preceding definition.
- Encapsulated material used in the liposomes of this invention may be an agent, substance, compound, or mixture, useful for any other purpose including but not limited to treatment, diagnosis, experimentation, or to act as a control. No limitation is implied when an embodiment is illustrated with one of these terms, unless explicitly required.
- the material is "deliverable" to the interior ofthe target cell by the liposome.
- the ability of a liposome to deliver material may be measured, for example, by labeling the material with a fluorescent marker, or (if the material is an expression vector) by measuring expression of the encoded protein by the treated cell.
- Targeting is the process by which a compound or complex is permitted to accumulate in a particular locale in greater preference over other locales than would otherwise be the case. This may be accomplished by providing the compound or complex with a component, called a “targeting component” which promotes accumulation in an area near the target. Accumulation near the target may be promoted, for instance, via specific transport towards the target, or specific retention in the neighborhood ofthe target. A cell to which it is desired that a liposome localize or deliver its contents is described as a "target cell”.
- tissue targeting component is a component of a complex, particularly an AVE or other liposome, that enhances its accumulation at certain tissue sites in preference to others when administered to an intact animal, artificial organ, or cell culture.
- a tissue targeting component is generally accessible from outside the liposome, and is therefore generally either bound to the outer surface or inserted into the outer lipid bilayer.
- a tissue targeting component may be inter alia a peptide, a region of a larger peptide, an antibody, a nucleic acid, a carbohydrate, a region of a complex carbohydrate, a special lipid, or a small molecule such as a drug, hormone, or hapten, attached to any ofthe aforementioned molecules.
- a "fusogenic" peptide or component is a peptide or component that enhances the ability of an agent to fuse with a cell membrane, including but not limited to the outer cell membrane and membranes in the endocytic pathway, including those of endosomes and lysosomes.
- a fusogenic peptide attached to or contained in a liposome enhances the ability ofthe liposome to deliver its encapsulated material once it has reached a target cell.
- the term includes any delivery method, including but not limited to fusion ofthe lipid envelope with the outer membrane ofthe cell, or fusion ofthe lipid envelope with the membrane of an endosomal compartment subsequent to endocytosis ofthe liposome into the cell.
- a tissue targeting component or fusogenic component is said to be "inserted” into a liposome if it is attached to the liposome in a way that permits it to exercise its targeting or fusogenic function.
- a tissue targeting component is said to be "functionally accessible" from outside a liposome if it confers a targeting ability upon the liposome when tested either in vivo or with isolated cells, or if it confers upon the liposome the ability to bind a soluble receptor or antibody against the component.
- intracellular targeting component is a component of a complex, particularly comprising a polynucleotide, that enhances its accumulation at certain subcellular sites in preference to others when administered cells in culture or in an intact animal.
- exemplary intracellular targeting components embodied in this invention are small peptides, small regions of a larger peptide, or protein complexes.
- Two examples of intracellular targeting components are nuclear localization signals (NLS) and mitochondria localization signals (MLS).
- polynucleotide refers to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, or analogs thereof.
- a polynucleotide is an example of a nucleic acid.
- Polynucleotides may have any three-dimensional structure, and may perform any function, known or unknown.
- the following are non-limiting examples of polynucleotides: a gene or gene fragment, exons, introns, messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA, ribosomal RNA, ribozymes, cDNA, recombinant polynucleotides, branched polynucleotides, plasmids, vectors, isolated DNA of any sequence, isolated RNA of any sequence, nucleic acid probes, and primers.
- a polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and nucleotide analogs.
- modifications to the nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after assembly ofthe polymer.
- the sequence of nucleotides may be interrupted by non-nucleotide components.
- a polynucleotide may be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component.
- polynucleotide refers interchangeably to double- and single-stranded molecules. Unless otherwise specified or required, any embodiment of the invention described herein that is a polynucleotide encompasses both the double-stranded form and each of two complementary single-stranded forms known or predicted to make up the double-stranded form.
- a “linear sequence” or a “sequence” is an order of nucleotides in a polynucleotide in a 5' to 3' direction in which residues that neighbor each other in the sequence are contiguous in the primary structure ofthe polynucleotide.
- a “partial sequence” is a linear sequence of part of a polynucleotide which is known to comprise additional residues in one or both directions.
- An "expressible" gene is a polynucleotide with an encoding sequence, which is capable of producing the functional form ofthe encoded molecule in a particular cell.
- the gene is capable of being transcribed and translated.
- the gene is capable of producing replicate transcripts comprising anti-sense sequence.
- the gene is capable of producing catalytic RNA.
- Recombinant as applied to a polynucleotide, means that the polynucleotide is the product of various combinations of cloning, restriction or ligation steps, and other procedures that result in a construct that is distinct from a polynucleotide found in nature.
- a recombinant virus is a viral particle comprising a recombinant polynucleotide. The terms respectively include replicates ofthe original polynucleotide construct and progeny ofthe original virus construct.
- a “compressed”, “collapsed”, or “compacted” polynucleotide is a polynucleotide that has been modified so as to reduce its average three-dimensional radius in a solution of interest, such as physiologically buffered solutions.
- a preferred means of compressing a polynucleotide in this invention is through association with a "compressing" polypeptide, which is a polypeptide or region of a larger polypeptide capable of effecting the compression by association with the polynucleotide.
- the compressed polynucleotide may continue to be associated with the compressing polypeptide, but this is not necessary if the polynucleotide remains in the compressed form. For example, if a polynucleotide is compressed with a polypeptide, then encapsulated in a liposome that prevents it from expanding to its original radius, the polynucleotide is still said to be compressed regardless of whether the polypeptide is still part of the complex.
- control element or "control sequence” is a nucleotide sequence involved in an interaction of molecules that contributes to the functional regulation of a polynucleotide, including replication, duplication, transcription, splicing, translation, or degradation of the polynucleotide. The regulation may affect the frequency, speed, or specificity ofthe process, and may be enhancing or inhibitory in nature.
- Control elements are known in the art. For example, a promoter and an enhancer are two examples of control elements.
- a promoter is a DNA region capable under certain conditions of binding RNA polymerase and initiating transcription of a coding region usually located downstream (in the 3' direction) from the promoter.
- “Operatively linked” refers to a juxtaposition of genetic elements, wherein the elements are in a relationship permitting them to operate in the expected manner. For instance, a promoter is operatively linked to a coding region if the promoter helps initiate transcription ofthe coding sequence. There may be intervening residues between the promoter and coding region so long as this functional relationship is maintained.
- An "expression vector” is a vector comprising a region which encodes a polypeptide of interest, and is used for effecting the expression ofthe protein in an intended target cell. An expression vector also comprises control elements operatively linked to the encoding region to facilitate expression ofthe protein in the target.
- Heterologous means derived from a genotypically distinct entity from that ofthe rest ofthe entity to which it is being compared.
- a polynucleotide introduced by genetic engineering techniques into a plasmid or vector derived from a different species is a heterologous polynucleotide.
- a promoter removed from its native coding sequence and operatively linked to a coding sequence with which it is not naturally found linked is a heterologous promoter.
- Genetic alteration refers to a process wherein a genetic element is introduced into a cell other than by mitosis or meiosis.
- the element may be heterologous to the cell, or it may be an additional copy or improved version of an element already present in the cell.
- Genetic alteration may be effected, for example, by transfecting a cell with a recombinant plasmid or other polynucleotide through any process known in the art, such as electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation, or contacting with a polynucleotide- liposome complex. Genetic alteration may also be effected, for example, by transduction or infection with a DNA or RNA virus or viral vector.
- a cell is said to be "inheritably altered” if a genetic alteration is introduced which is inheritable by progeny ofthe altered cell.
- the genetic element is introduced into a chromosome or mini-chromosome in the cell; but any alteration that changes the phenotype and/or genotype ofthe cell and its progeny is included in this term.
- polypeptide polypeptide
- peptide protein
- the terms “polypeptide”, “peptide” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to polymers of amino acids of any length.
- the polymer may be linear or branched, it may comprise modified amino acids, and it may be interrupted by non-amino acids.
- the terms also encompass an amino acid polymer that has been modified; for example, disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation, such as conjugation with a labeling component.
- a “linear sequence” or a “sequence” is an order of amino acids in a polypeptide in an N-terminal to C-terminal direction in which residues that neighbor each other in the sequence are contiguous in the primary structure of the polypeptide.
- a “partial sequence” is a linear sequence of part of a polypeptide which is known to comprise additional residues in one or both directions.
- a linear sequence of amino acids is "essentially identical" to another sequence if the two sequences have a substantial degree of sequence identity. It is understood that the folding and the biochemical function of proteins can accommodate insertions, deletions, and substitutions in the amino acid sequence. Thus, linear sequences of amino acids can be essentially identical even if some ofthe residues do not precisely correspond or align. Sequences that correspond or align more closely to the invention disclosed herein are more preferred. It is also understood that some amino acid substitutions are more easily tolerated.
- substitution of an amino acid with hydrophobic side chains, aromatic side chains, polar side chains, side chains with a positive or negative charge, or side chains comprising two or fewer carbon atoms, by another amino acid with a side chain of like properties can occur without disturbing the essential identity ofthe two sequences.
- Methods for determining homologous regions and scoring the degree of homology are well known in the art; see for example Altschul et al. (1986) Bull. Math.
- Protein "expression” refers to the amount of protein present in a cell or secreted by a cell. It may be increased, for example, by increasing the rate of translation of mRNA encoding the protein, which in turn may be accomplished by increasing the rate of transcription ofthe corresponding gene or increasing the persistence ofthe RNA.
- Protein expression may be decreased, for example, by decreasing the rate of translation of the mRNA encoding the protein, which in turn may be accomplished by decreasing the rate of transcription ofthe corresponding gene or decreasing the availability ofthe RNA to the ribosomal apparatus capable of translating it.
- a “fusion polypeptide” is a polypeptide comprising regions in a different position in the sequence than occurs in nature. The regions may normally exist in separate proteins and are brought together in the fusion polypeptide; or they may normally exist in the same protein but are placed in a new arrangement in the fusion polypeptide.
- a fusion polypeptide may be created, for example, by chemical synthesis, or by creating and translating a polynucleotide in which the peptide regions are encoded in the desired relationship.
- an “antibody” is an immunoglobulin molecule capable of specific binding to a target, such as a polypeptide, through at least one antigen recognition site, located in the variable region ofthe immunoglobulin molecule.
- a target such as a polypeptide
- the term encompasses not only intact antibodies, but also fragments thereof, mutants thereof, fusion proteins, humanized antibodies, and any other modified configuration ofthe immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen recognition site ofthe required specificity.
- Immunogenic compound is a compound capable of stimulating production of an antibody when injected into a suitable host, usually a mammal.
- Immunogenic compounds include certain proteins, complex carbohydrates, complex lipids, polynucleotides, drugs, haptens, and other chemicals.
- Compounds which are identical to or closely mimic compounds that are part ofthe animal they are being administered to are generally not immunogenic, except in a disease condition or a state of immune hyper- responsiveness.
- a substance is said to be “selective” or “specific” if it reacts or associates more frequently, more rapidly, or with greater duration with a particular cell or substance than it does with alternative cells or substances.
- a liposome equipped with a targeting molecule may be "specific” for its intended target if the targeting molecule causes the liposome to react with or accumulate in the neighborhood ofthe target to a greater extent than would otherwise occur.
- ⁇ r antitrypsin refers to the respective intact polypeptide, or any fragment or genetically engineered derivative thereof, that retains the desired biochemical function ofthe intact protein.
- an "isolated" polynucleotide, polypeptide, or other substance refers to a preparation ofthe substance devoid of at least some ofthe other components that may also be present where the substance or a similar substance naturally occurs or is initially prepared from.
- an isolated substance may be prepared by using a purification technique to enrich it from a source mixture. Enrichment can be measured on an absolute basis, such as weight per volume of solution, or it can be measured in relation to a second, potentially interfering substance present in the source mixture. Increasing enrichments ofthe embodiments of this invention are increasingly more preferred. Thus, for example, a 2-fold enrichment is preferred, 10-fold enrichment is more preferred, 100-fold enrichment is more preferred, 1000-fold enrichment is even more preferred.
- An “individual” refers to vertebrates, particularly members of a mammalian species, and includes but is not limited to domestic animals, sports animals, and primates, including humans.
- An "effective amount" of a composition of this invention is an amount sufficient to obtain a beneficial or desired result, measured by an assay appropriate to monitor the effect of an active ingredient ofthe composition, or by clinical improvement. An effective amount may be given in single or divided doses.
- Treatment of an individual or a cell is any type of intervention in an attempt to alter the natural course ofthe individual or cell at the time the treatment is initiated.
- treatment of an individual may be undertaken to decrease or limit the pathology caused by any pathological condition, in.iuding (but not limited to) an inherited or induced genetic deficiency, infection by a viral, bacterial, or parasitic organism, a neoplastic or aplastic condition, or an immune system disfunction such as autoimmunity or immunosuppression.
- Treatment includes (but is not limited to) admimstration of a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, and administration of compatible cells that have been treated with a composition. Treatment may be performed either prophylactically or therapeutically; that is, either prior or subsequent to the initiation of a pathologic event or contact with an etiologic agent.
- Polynucleotides and oligonucleotides for use with this invention may be prepared by any technique in the art. This includes isolation of polynucleotides from natural sources, gene libraries, or cDNA libraries, amplification of polynucleotide sequences by such techniques as the polymerase chain reaction, the cloning of polynucleotides or polynucleotide fragments from any of these methods, and any combination thereof.
- Polynucleotides may also be prepared by chemical synthesis. Several methods of synthesis are known in the art, including the triester method and the phosphite method. In a preferred method, polynucleotides are prepared by solid-phase synthesis using mononucleoside phosphoramidite coupling units. A typical solid-phase synthesis involves reiterating four steps: deprotection, coupling, capping, and oxidation. This results in the stepwise synthesis of an oligonucleotide in the 3' to 5' direction. See, for example, Hirose et al. (1978), Tetra. Lett. 19:2449-2452; Beaucage et al. (1981), Tetra. Lett 22:1859-1862; and U.S. Patent No. 4,415,732.
- the polynucleotide confer upon the target cell an ability to express an encoded polypeptide
- the polynucleotide is provided in the form of an expression vector with transcription and translation sequences in a suitable orientation and appropriate for the target cell.
- Expression vectors generally are replicable polynucleotide constructs that encode a polypeptide operatively linked to suitable transcriptional and translational controlling elements.
- transcriptional controlling elements are promoters, enhancers, transcription initiation sites, and transcription termination sites.
- transcriptional controlling elements are promoters, enhancers, transcription initiation sites, and transcription termination sites.
- Examples of translational controlling elements are ribosome binding sites, translation initiation sites, and stop codons.
- Protein processing elements may also be included: for example, regions that encode leader or signal peptides and protease cleavage sites required for translocation ofthe polypeptide across the membrane or secretion from the cell.
- the elements employed would be functional in the host cell used for expression.
- the controlling elements may be derived from the same DNA polymerase gene used in the vector, or they may be heterologous (i.e., derived from other genes and/or other organisms), as long as they are effective to a desirable degree in the target cell.
- Polypeptides of this invention may be prepared by any suitable method known in the art. These include isolation of peptides from natural sources, enzymatic cleavage of larger proteins, and expression of a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide in a suitable expression system, such as by operatively linking the coding strand to a suitable promoter, and transfecting into a suitable host cell. The host cell is then cultured under conditions that allow transcription and translation to occur, and the polypeptide is subsequently recovered. Polypeptides may also be prepared directly from sequence data by chemical synthesis. Several methods of synthesis are known in the art. A preferred method is the solid-phase Merrifield technique. This may be accomplished in automatic peptide synthesizers, or by supplying the amino acid sequence data to a commercial organization equipped to perform this technique.
- Antibodies to be used as targeting components may be prepared by isolating a molecule such as a surface protein from the intended target cell, and using it as an immunogen to raise antibodies. It is often preferable to enhance the immunogenicity of a polypeptide by such techniques as polymerization with glutaraldehyde, or combining with an adjuvant, such as Freund's adjuvant.
- the immunogen is injected into a suitable experimental animal. Sera harvested from the immunized animals provide a source of polyclonal antibodies. Alternatively, immune cells such as splenocytes can be recovered from the immunized animals and used to prepare a monoclonal antibody-producing cell line. See, for example, Harrow & Lane (1988), U.S. Patent Nos.
- Antibodies can be purified from sera, tissue culture supematants, and ascites fluids by such techniques known in the art, such as protein A chromatography, ammonium sulfate precipitation, ion exchange chromatography, high-performance liquid chromatography and immunoaffinity chromatography on a column ofthe immunizing polypeptide coupled to a solid support.
- Suitable substances include but are not limited to: polynucleotide expression vectors, small oligonucleotides, proteins, and small drugs and toxins. Substances may be delivered for therapeutic pu ⁇ oses, to alter a cell for experimental pu ⁇ oses, or as a diagnostic aid, for example, in radioimaging.
- Polynucleotide expression vectors can be used in the compositions of this invention, typically for the pu ⁇ oses of gene therapy. Gene therapy may be conducted either in vivo or ex vivo. Expression vectors can be used to either increase or decrease the level of expression of a polynucleotide or polypeptide by a cell for a variety of therapeutic pu ⁇ oses. The design of expression vectors and their use in gene therapy is described in more detail in a later section.
- oligonucleotides may be provided which have a more immediate and transient effect.
- messenger RNA comprising translation initiation and termination elements and an appropriate encoding region, for immediate translation within the target cell.
- antisense oligonucleotides that are capable of direct interference in transcription or translation of a particular gene.
- Antisense gene therapy described in a later section, is preferable for prolonged down-regulation, whereas oligonucleotide antisense therapy is preferable for a more instantaneous effect.
- Antisense oligonucleotides are designed so as to form hybrid duplexes with the target polynucleotide inside the cell that are stable in the cell environment.
- the sequence can be selected so as to interact with a critical portion ofthe target, such as a region encoding a catalytic site.
- oligonucleotides are only long enough to form a duplex of sufficient specificity and stability, to increase the number of active molecules per gram of nucleic acid.
- antisense oligonucleotides are about 15-100 bases in length, more preferably they are about 20-50 bases in length, and even more preferably they are about 20-30 bases in length.
- they may be synthesized with a non- naturally occurring backbone structure. Examples are methylphosphonate and phosphorotioate oligonucleotides.
- Target genes for antisense oligonucleotide therapy of particular interest are oncogenes, and genes that encode cytokines, growth factors, enzymes producing lipid mediators, kinases, and viral enzymes.
- Particular examples are genes for lipopolysaccharide receptor, 5-lipooxygenase, prostaglandin G/H synthetase, proto- oncogenes, viral DNA and RNA polymerases, viral proteases, growth factors, tumor necrosis factor (TNF- ⁇ ), interleukin- 1, interleukin-6, and platelet activating factor.
- Lipid vesicles of this invention may also be used to deliver proteins for therapeutic pu ⁇ oses. Particularly relevant are proteins and protein fragments that possess a binding or enzymatic activity capable of modulating a metabolic pathway within the cell. Examples include synthetic enzymes that participate in the pathways of gene transcription or translation, or intracellular pathways that are regulated by activation or cell surface receptors.
- Lipid vesicles of this invention may also be used to deliver small drugs or toxins. While many small drugs do not require a delivery vehicle, some do, particularly where it is desirable either to target delivery to a particular target organ or cell type, or alternatively to sequester the drug during transit to the target (either because of its fragility, or because it is too toxic for other tissues). In order for a small drug to be suitable for delivery in a lipid vesicle, it should have the property of being unable to partition through the lipid membrane after encapsulation until it reaches the target cell. Small molecules of particular interest for delivery with this invention are azidothymidine (AZT), Taxonol, nucleic acid analogs, ricin A, methotrexate, vincristine, and other chemotherapeutics used in cancer therapy.
- AKT azidothymidine
- Taxonol nucleic acid analogs
- ricin A methotrexate
- vincristine vincristine
- the material encapsulated by a liposome of this invention is a polynucleotide or oligonucleotide
- the peptide has the property of being able to bind to a polynucleotide, thereafter either directly pulling together regions ofthe polynucleotide to reduce the overall average radius, or inducing a folding change in the polynucleotide with the same effect.
- peptides may be involved in the association reaction in order to compress the polynucleotide.
- Different peptides are suitable for the compression reaction.
- proteins involved in the packaging of nucleic acids may be suitable, including histone proteins and genome-associated proteins present in the core of different viruses.
- short artificial peptides or peptide fragments with a predominant positive charge are readily obtained and more effective in reducing the overall size of a polynucleotide than any naturally occurring intact protein tested.
- the positive charge permits the peptide to associate readily with the polynucleotide.
- the positive charge may also play a role in permitting the compression to occur, since it partly neutralizes the predominant negative charge ofthe polynucleotide, thus allowing different regions ofthe strand to approach each other in three-dimensional space without the usual degree of electrostatic repulsion.
- the spacing of positive charges at intervals along the length ofthe compressing polypeptide may provide an overall avidity for the polynucleotide that is much higher than is possible for small ions, which in turn allows the formation of a more stable complex and a longer lived compression.
- the partial neutralization ofthe intrinsic charge on the polynucleotide is an advantage where the polynucleotide is to be encapsulated in a liposome with a partly anionic surface charge.
- the compressing sequence is five consecutive lysine residues, or seven or more amino acids in length of which at least about 50% have a side chain that is positively charged at physiological pH (pH 7.0-8.0, especially pH 7.4).
- the natural amino acids lysine and arginine are examples of such positively charged amino acids.
- Other preferred examples are analogues of lysine that have a shorter or longer side chain with a titratable amino or imino group near the terminus.
- the sequence is at least 3 and less than about 100 amino acids in length, more preferably it is about 5 but no more than about 50 amino acids in length; more preferably, it is at least 7 but no more than about 30 amino acids in length; even more preferably, it is between 7 and about 20 amino acids in length.
- at least about 50% ofthe amino acids in the sequence have a positively charged sequence at physiological pH; more preferably, at least about 65% of the amino acids in the sequence have a positive charge; more preferably, at least about 80% have a positive charge; even more preferably, essentially all of the amino acids in the sequence have a positive charge.
- composition is to be used in intact animals, it is desirable to select a compressing polypeptide that is not immunogenic to the intended host.
- Immunogenicity may be predicted by comparison with other known amino acid sequences, particularly those of host origin. It may be tested experimentally either in the intended host species or in an animal model by administering small quantities of the isolated peptide in the same manner as is intended for the liposome preparation.
- small peptides are preferred, as are peptides that are identical to or mimic other peptides or peptide regions which are natural host components.
- the sequence ofthe compressing region may be attached to another sequence of a larger peptide.
- the additional sequence may play a spacer role, or it may have an additional function, such as providing an intracellular targeting signal.
- a peptide is used in the preparation ofthe polynucleotide that comprises both the properties required for compression and a localization sequence.
- Nuclear localization sequences are described, for example, in Dingwall et al. and Goldfarb et al. However, any peptide can be tested to determine whether it promotes localization to the desired intracellular organelle.
- a nuclear localization peptide can be determined by observing its effect on the intracellular sorting of other proteins when they are attached to them by recombinant DNA methods (Lanford et al.).
- SEQ ID NO:4 provides a typical nuclear localization peptide similar to the SV40 T-antigen nuclear localization sequence.
- Any nuclear localization peptide can include a polylysine tail, which may also serve in the compressing ofthe polynucleotide as described above. Therefore, SEQ ID NO:2 is the sequence of SEQ ID NO:4 with an extension of 5 lysine residues. Fewer or more lysines can be utilized. Typically, about 3 to about 10 lysines can be used. A preferable length is about 4-5 lysines.
- SEQ ID NO:3 additionally contains a leucine residue inserted between the nuclear localization region and the polylysine tail, causing the peptide to be less linear.
- Another example of a nuclear localization peptide is shown in SEQ ID NO:5, which is a sequence utilized by plants to localize proteins to the nucleus.
- Mitochondrial localization signals are known in the art to be characterized by being about 12-80 amino acids in length and to form amphipathic ⁇ -helical structures in the cytoplasm in which positively charged residues line up on one side ofthe helix while uncharged hydrophobic residues line up toward the opposite side.
- An example of a mitochondrial localization signal is listed herein as SEQ ID NO:6.
- a polylysine tail of a desired length, for example, from about 3 to about 10 lysine residues, can be included to enhance the ability ofthe peptide to compress the polynucleotide.
- the polynucleotide is compressed by incubating it briefly with the polypeptide, for example, at room temperature or physiological temperature. An incubation at room temperature for 10-15 minutes is sufficient for the compression to occur. Suitable ratios are about 1 :5 to about 1 :200 peptide :polynucleotide on a wt wt basis; about 1 : 10 to about 1:100 is more usual, and 1 :30 is typically an effective ratio. Since the molecular weight ofthe polynucleotide is about several hundred fold higher than that ofthe polypeptide, the reaction is performed in molar excess of the peptide.
- the compressed polynucleotide— olypeptide complex comprises several short peptide per polynucleotide molecule when the polynucleotide is several kilobases in size or larger. There may be at least 5, or at least about 20, or even at least about 50 polypeptides associated with each polynucleotide.
- excess peptide not consumed in the compression reaction may be removed by a technique such as gel filtration chromatography or ultracentrifugation, before the polynucleotide is used in a subsequent procedure, such as liposome encapsulation.
- Preferred embodiments of this invention comprise compressed plasmids or expression vectors of double-stranded DNA of at least about 2 kilobases in size, preferably about 5 kilobases to about 8 kilobases in size, or even those of about 10 kilobases in size and larger, in either linear form or closed-circular form.
- the same ratios are also effective in compressing small single-stranded oligonucleotides of about 20-50 bases, such as might be used in antisense therapy.
- RNA Ribonucleic acid
- any other polynucleotide or polynucleotide analog including branched or modified nucleic acid structures that might be suitable for therapeutic pu ⁇ oses.
- the exact ratio optimal for a particular application may be determined by routine experimentation. Efficacy ofthe compressing reaction may be evaluated using several techniques available to practitioners of ordinary skill, such as transmission electron microscopy (Example 2). Thus, the polynucleotide and polypeptide are combined at different ratios, and compared for the average overall radius compared to the naked polynucleotide in solution. Where the compressing reaction is being performed to enhance encapsulation in liposomes, a more relevant test may be the effectiveness ofthe preparation in liposome-mediated gene transfection experiments.
- the polynucleotide and polypeptide are combined at different ratios, encapsulated into liposomes, used to transfect target cells, and then the expression ofthe polynucleotide is measured to identify the ratio that provides the highest transfection levels. Formation of the liposome
- the compressed polynucleotide may be encapsulated in a liposome of any composition.
- the lipid bilayer making up the liposome may comprise phospholipids, glycolipids, steroids, and their equivalents; amphipathic proteins, and lipid-soluble chemicals.
- a composition is chosen that allows the envelope to be formed with reproducible qualities, such as diameter, and is stable in the presence of elements expected to occur where the liposome is to be used, such as physiological buffers and circulating molecules.
- the liposome is resilient to effects of manipulation by storage, freezing, and mixing with pharmaceutical excipients.
- the lipid bilayer ofthe liposome is formed primarily from phospholipids. More preferably, the phosphoiipid composition is a complex mixture, comprising a combination of phosphatidylcholine (PC), phosphatidylserine (PS), phosphatidylethanolamine (PE), and sphingomyelin (SM).
- the envelope may further comprise additional lipids such as phosphatidylinositol (PI), phosphatidic acid (PA), or cardiolipin (diphosphatidylglycerol).
- PI phosphatidylinositol
- PA phosphatidic acid
- cardiolipin diphosphatidylglycerol
- SM may be replaced with a greater proportion of PC, PE, or a combination thereof.
- PS may optionally be replaced with phosphatidylglycerol (PG).
- At least PC and PE are included; more preferably, at least three ofthe group PC, PS, PE, and SM are included.
- the composition is chosen so as to confer upon the lipid envelope both stability during storage and administration, and fusogenic properties, especially for an outer or endosomal membrane ofthe target cell.
- each phosphoiipid in the foregoing list may vary in its structure depending on the fatty acid moieties that are esterified to the glycerol moiety ofthe phosphoiipid. Generally, most commercially available forms of a particular phosphoiipid can be used. However, phospholipids containing particular fatty acid moieties may be preferred for certain applications.
- a particularly preferred phosphoiipid composition is shown in Table 3 : TABLE 3: Preferred Phosphoiipid Mixture
- DOPC Dioleylphosphatidylcholine
- DOPE Dioleylphosphatidylethanolamine
- the envelope also includes cholesterol or a related steroid to improve the rigidity ofthe membrane, and enhance fusogenicity.
- Any amount of cholesterol may be used.
- a preferred ratio of total cholesterol to lipid is between about 0.5 and about 1.2 moles of cholesterol per mole of lipid. More preferred is a molar ratio of about 0.8 to about 1.2:1 ; even more preferred is a molar ratio of about 0.9 to about 1.1:1; still more preferred is a molar ratio of about 1.0:1.0.
- Other molecules that can be used to increase the rigidity ofthe membrane include cross-linked phospholipids.
- lipid is a synthetic mixture of isolated components, modeled on the composition of a naturally occurring viral particle.
- An especially preferred viral model for designing the lipid composition is the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
- HAV human immunodeficiency virus
- this mixture can be further adjusted to enhance its fusogenic properties; for example, by introducing a degree of lipid assymetry in the liposome ultimately formed.
- compositions for use in vivo are those with an enhanced ability to evade the reticuloendothelial system, thereby giving them a longer period in which to reach the target cell.
- Effective lipid compositions in this regard are those with a large proportion of SM and cholesterol, or SM and PI.
- Liposomes with prolonged circulation time also include those that comprise the monosialoganglioside GM1, glucuronide, or polyethylene glycol.
- Compositions that combine the attributes of stealth liposomes and viral particles are also encompassed by this invention.
- cholesterol may be added at the ratios indicated above to a lipid mixture consisting of any combination of SM, PI, glucuronide, polyethylene glycol, and other suitable components.
- the lipid vesicles may be prepared by any suitable technique known in the art. Methods include but are not limited to: microencapsulation, microfluidization, LLC method, ethanol injection, freon injection, the "bubble” method, detergent dialysis, hydration, sonication, and reverse-phase evaporation (reviewed in Watwe et al.).
- the selection of a particular method is made taking into consideration a number of criteria: a) size and lamellarity ofthe vesicles formed; b) stability ofthe vesicles; c) suitability for the intended payload; d) reproducibility; e) suitability for ultimate use, particularly scale- up and human administration, if contemplated; and f) convenience.
- ultrasonication and dialysis methods generally produce small unilamellar vesicles; extrusion and reverse-phase evaporation generally produce larger sized vesicles.
- Techniques may be combined in order to provide vesicles with the most desirable attributes.
- One particularly preferred method is dialysis.
- the dialysis method generally produces vesicles of a more constrained size variation, and is especially preferred where smaller sized envelopes or envelopes with more reproducible characteristics are desired.
- a more detailed description ofthe dialysis method may be found, for example, in U.S. Patent 5,252,348.
- the phospholipid/cholesterol envelope is prepared by solubilization ofthe lipids and cholesterol with sodium cholate or other appropriate detergent as the solubilizing agent, followed by removal ofthe detergent by exhaustive dialysis against phosphate-buffered saline (PBS).
- PBS phosphate-buffered saline
- Other useful detergents are well known to those skilled in the art, and include any of those with a critical micelle concentration suitable for a dialysis technique.
- suitable non-ionic detergents like CHAPSOTM and octylglucoside, and mild anionic detergents, particularly bile salts like sodium cholate, deoxycholate, taurocholate, and so on.
- the optimum detergent: lipid ratio is from about 10:1 to about 100:1, more usually about 30:1 to about 60:1 (w/w) and is preferably from about 40:1 to about 50:1 and is most preferably approximately 45:1. It should be noted that relatively small changes in these ratios can have significant effects. The skilled artisan can manipulate the procedures described in order to determine the optimum ratio. Removal ofthe detergent can be carried out using any of a number of techniques which are known to those skilled in the art. For example, bag, disc, flow-through, and counter-flow dialysis techniques and apparatus may be utilized. The time of dialysis and the volume of dialyzing buffer will depend on the relative micelle concentration that is an inherent property ofthe buffer being used.
- Products ofthe dialysis method using the phospholipid-cholesterol mixtures suggested herein will be approximately 250 nm in diameter.
- the method is flexible so that batch sizes in a range of less than 5 ml to liter quantities can be prepared reproducibly and under sterile conditions using, for example, either teflon dialysis cells or flow-through hollow fiber dialysis apparatus.
- Another particularly preferred method for preparing liposomes is the extrusion method. This can be performed rapidly and in small quantities, and is useful for preparing and evaluating various compositions, for example, in a laboratory setting. It may also be easily scaled up to commercial production.
- the lipid coprecipitate is reconstituted by injecting sterile water under laminar flow and agitating gently for a few seconds.
- the concentration of lipid is about 100 mg/ml. This creates a preparation of lipid vesicles which are large and multilamellar.
- the dispersion is then extruded through a polycarbonate membrane of about 0.4 ⁇ m using an extruder, such as from Lipex Biomembranes, Vancouver BC. If desired, consecutive lyophilization, reconstitution and extrusion cycles are performed through membranes of about 0.2 ⁇ m.
- the preparation is also subjected to several freeze-thaw cycles in baths of about -80°C and +40°C, to decrease the proportion of any remaining multilamellar vesicles.
- the liposome preparation can also be dialyzed to remove unwanted contaminants.
- the ultrastructure ofthe liposomes formed may be determined, for example, by transmission or freeze-fracture electron microscopy.
- the ultrastructure formed is preferably unilamellar.
- oligolamellar vesicles may also be acceptable for some pu ⁇ oses.
- the diameter of liposomes may also be determined by electron microscopy. Liposome size may also be estimated by other techniques known in the art, such as quasi- elastic light scattering, gradient centrifugation, or gel filtration, using appropriate standards.
- the size range of lipid envelopes is usually 50 to about 2000 nm, more preferably about 100 to about 1000 nm in diameter, and depends on the pu ⁇ ose for which they are being prepared.
- Vesicles encapsulating therapeutic substances of small molecular weight ( ⁇ 3000 Da) are preferably about 50 to about 750 nm, more preferably about 75 to about 500 nm, more preferably about 100 to about 300 nm, and even more preferably approximately 200 nm in diameter.
- Vesicles encapsulating large polynucleotides or vectors are generally formed with larger diameters, typically 500 nm to 2000 nm, but may be sized to smaller diameters by extrusion.
- Smaller vesicles may be preferred where it is desirable that the liposome be able to penetrate complex tissue architecture or transgress barriers with a restricted pore size.
- liposomes targeted to the hepatocyte must slip through sinusoidal fenestrations, and are preferably less than about 500 nm, more preferably less than about 300 nm, more preferably about 100-200 nm in diameter.
- Smaller vesicles may also have an advantage in evading the reticuloendothelial system, particularly Kupffer cells in the liver when administered to the general circulation.
- Liposomes containing large polynucleotides and targeted to other sites or designed for local administration are typically larger in size, generally about 200 to about 1000 nm, more preferably about 500 to about 1000 nm, even more preferably about 800 nm.
- lipid envelopes in the preferred size comfortably encapsulate the payload, and are of superior physical stability with an average size, and size distribution, that remain essentially unchanged over several months when stored under refrigeration.
- vesicles may be reduced in size by shearing through a suitable filter, preferably a polycarbonate filter of about 0.2 ⁇ m. If lyophilized and reconstituted, vesicles that are sized in this fashion will reconstitute to a smaller size than they would otherwise. Cycles of extrusion, lyophilization, and reconstitution may be repeated until the vesicles reconstitute into a more desirable size. If it is necessary to adjust the size ofthe envelopes, it is preferable to do this early, since sizing may disturb encapsulated or surface-bound components.
- vesicles with an average diameter of about 250 nm it is generally not necessary to adjust the size of vesicles obtained via the dialysis method, whereas vesicles obtained by the extrusion method may require several cycles of sizing, drying, and reconstitution.
- the lipid envelopes can be freeze-dried and thereby preserved for extended periods of time. Freeze-drying, or other means of preservation, can be done either before or after further modification ofthe vesicles, such as the adding of tissue targeting components described in a later section. Freeze-drying may reduce the need for keeping preparations refrigerated.
- the stability ofthe lipid vesicles can also be improved by polymerization of one or more ofthe phosphoiipid components. Thus, a large reserve of concentrated lipid envelopes can be prepared and stored, and used to prepare individual batches with different surface proteins or other constituents when required.
- the encapsulated material to be delivered to the target cell may be placed inside a lipid envelope by including it in the solution used during initial formation ofthe liposomes. Altematively, it may be more efficient or more convenient to insert the payload into the liposomes after they are formed and optionally purified or characterized. Certain small molecules may be readily introduced into preformed liposomes by softening the liposomes with a detergent. The detergent is then removed from the solution, sealing the small molecules within the envelope. Larger molecules, particularly polynucleotides and proteins, may also be encapsulated either during initial vesicle formation, or subsequently.
- Encapsulation during envelope formation is conveniently performed by using the dialysis method is used to form the vesicles. If the encapsulated material is a nucleic acid, it is first compressed with a suitable peptide, and then added to a lipid-detergent suspension as described in the previous section. The detergent is then dialyzed away as described, with the result that the vesicles form around the nucleic acid molecules that are present.
- lipid envelopes formed, for example, by the dialysis or extrusion method are dried, for example, by evaporation on the surface of a suitable vessel, such as a glass-bottomed flask.
- a preferred method of drying is lyophilization.
- the compressed polynucleotide is then added to the vessel, which causes the lipid envelopes to reconstitute.
- the polynucleotides are encapsulated into the envelopes.
- vesicles are formed de novo by adding an aqueous solvent to a lipid film dried in a glass vessel. By including the compressed polynucleotide in the solvent, it becomes encapsulated as part ofthe process.
- Liposomes encapsulating polynucleotides compressed according to the methods described earlier may be from 100 nm to 5000 nm in size. Preferably, they are between 100 nm and 2000 nm in size; more preferably, they are between about 100 nm and 1000 nm in size; more preferably, they are between about 200 nm and 800 nm in size.
- Liposomes may be reduced in size by extrusion through a suitable filter, such as a 0.2 ⁇ m polycarbonate filter. However, size reduction after encapsulation is avoided if not necessary, to further minimize polynucleotide release. Liposomes made up ofthe lipid-cholesterol mixtures suggested herein and sized to 250 nm during initial formation will generally reconstitute to about a 750 nm size during the encapsulation step. Conditions may be established without extensive experimentation, and will be reproducible once established.
- the efficacy ofthe encapsulation reaction may be determined by any suitable technique available to the ordinary practitioner. Suitable techniques include transmission electron microscopy, labeling experiments, and liposome-mediated gene transduction experiments.
- the polynucleotide may be provided with a radiolabel (such as 32 P) or a fluorescent label (such as TOTOTM-l).
- the polynucleotide is then encapsulated into liposomes. Encapsulated polynucleotide is separated from non-encapsulated polynucleotide, such as by centrifugation, gel filtration chromatography, or fluorescence-activated sorting, and the proportion of label associated with the liposome fraction is determined.
- the encapsulated polynucleotides may also be evaluated for their ability to transfect a suitable target, such as test cells grown in culture.
- a suitable target such as test cells grown in culture.
- the degree of polynucleotide expression in the liposome-treated cells is compared with that for cells treated with unencapsulated polynucleotide alone.
- the compressing peptide will also be enveloped into the liposome.
- the peptide may no longer be needed for compression pu ⁇ oses once the polynucleotide is encapsulated.
- the compressing peptide may also comprise a sequence that performs a function once the liposomal contents enter the cell, such as targeting the polynucleotide intracellularly.
- the liposomes of this invention are designed for delivering the encapsulated material efficiently into cells. They may do this effectively without any additional components.
- unmodified liposomes may be used directly to transfect cells in tissue culture. They may also be used for disseminated polynucleotide delivery in an individual, or may accumulate in particular target sites due to properties of size, charge, or natural adherence ofthe lipid envelope. They may also have a local effect if administered locally: for example, encapsulated polynucleotides given as an aerosol will generally exert their primary effect in the cells ofthe lung.
- liposomes are designed for more specific target delivery when given parenterally. This means that they accumulate in greater prevalence at certain tissue types in the animal they are administered to than related compositions. This specific accumulation may be a result ofthe size, charge, or solubility properties ofthe liposomes. More usually, the accumulation is due to a tissue targeting component present on the liposome that is capable of interacting with a host component that is more prevalent at the tissue than elsewhere. This interaction increases the duration during which the liposome remains in the vicinity, preventing its recirculation or promoting a more rapid functional interaction ofthe liposome with the target cell. In some applications, it may be preferable that the material encapsulated by the liposome be preferentially delivered to certain tissue sites. The liposome may also optionally be provided with a tissue targeting component that assists the liposome in preferentially localizing near the site ofthe target cell.
- Suitable targeting components include but are not limited to: a) surface components that are present on tissue specific viruses or other pathogens; b) ligands and ligand analogues for which the target cell has receptors, adherence proteins, transmembrane transporters, or other specific recognition units; c) isolated naturally occurring recognition units from exogenous sources that are capable of distinguishing between cell types, such as lectins; and d) antibodies and antibody equivalents that have been raised against a similar tissue type as the target.
- Relevant components in category a) include components of viruses, bacteria, and parasites, such as those listed in U.S. Patent 5,252,348.
- Useful components of such organisms include any complex molecule that facilitates binding ofthe virus to the cell, since inco ⁇ oration of these onto a liposome will assist it in localizing near the target cell.
- the component may be either an integral part ofthe model organism, or released by an organism, such as a toxin or toxoid subunit, which may be modified to permit it to be inserted into the liposome.
- Preferred examples are surface proteins of the Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV).
- RSV Respiratory Syncytial Virus
- Liposomes targeted using RSV Glycoprotein G are expected to preferentially locate in the epithelial cells ofthe lung, especially if given by aerosol.
- cytokines of various sorts include growth factors like GM-CSF, interleukins, interferons, and TGF; hormones such as insulin and adrenaline; neurotransmitters such as serotonin; cell adhesion proteins such as ICAM and ELAM; cell recognition units, such as the CD antigens and their respective ligands; and carbohydrate ligands for mammalian lectins, such as complex carbohydrates with terminal gaiactose residues that is recognized by the hepatocyte asialoglycoprotein receptor.
- cytokines of various sorts such as growth factors like GM-CSF, interleukins, interferons, and TGF
- hormones such as insulin and adrenaline
- neurotransmitters such as serotonin
- cell adhesion proteins such as ICAM and ELAM
- cell recognition units such as the CD antigens and their respective ligands
- carbohydrate ligands for mammalian lectins such as complex carbohydrates with terminal gaiactose residues
- TAP triamcinolone acetonide phosphate
- surfactant protein A suitable for targeting liposomes to alveolar type II cells (Walther et al.).
- serotonin for targeting liposomes from the general circulation to lung endothelial cells. These cells are known to accumulate and inactivate serotonin (Block et al.). Specific binding with a high affinity of about 8 nM has been observed in mitochondrial fractions of lung tissue (Das et al.). Vesicles have been described with serotonin in the vesicle interior and directed towards hepatocytes (U.S. Patent 4,761,287). The present disclosure shows for the first time that serotonin attached to the liposome membrane is capable of directing the liposome for delivery to the lung.
- serotonin receptors are apparently predominantly inside the lung endothelial cell, not on the cell surface; and b) since serotonin is a small molecule, it would not a priori be sufficiently accessible from the surface of a liposome.
- serotonin analogs and other molecules capable of binding the same receptor may have the same ability to target liposomes to the lung.
- tissue targeting components for the lung may be identified by conducting inhibition studies, using the analog to compete with the binding of labeled serotonin, or preferably with serotonin-targeted liposomes, to lung endothelial cells. Liposomes targeted with molecules capable of competing with serotonin in this fashion are also encompassed in this invention.
- Relevant components in category c) include plant lectins of various kinds that may be useful in targeting specifically to cells bearing certain carbohydrate structures.
- Relevant components in category d) include antibodies and antibody analogues raised against a cell-surface antigen ofthe intended target cell. They may be directed against a particular autoantigen that is specifically associated within the host with a particular tissue type; such as the CD4 antigen on helper T cells. They may also be directed against an antigen that is associated with particular malignancies, such as the carcinoembrionic antigen.
- a third example is a monoclonal antibody against the lung endothelial anticoagulant protein thrombomodulin, which can be used to direct immunoliposomes to the lung (Mori et al.).
- the tissue targeting component may be, for example, a lipid, a protein, a protein fragment, a glycoprotein, or a small molecule such as a hapten, or a combination of any of these.
- the component may be homogeneous, or it may be a cocktail of related components or components with different functions.
- Tissue targeting molecules that are not lipophilic are prepared by conjugation to a second molecule which can be assembled into the lipid bilayer.
- the example section below provides illustrations wherein serotonin is covalently coupled to phosphatidyl ethanolamine or to cholesterol.
- the conjugate may include a spacer between the lipophilic moiety and the targeting component that enhances accessibility.
- Targeting components that are chemically related to lipids or sterols, or attached thereto, are generally more conveniently added to the liposome during initial vesicle formation.
- the inco ⁇ oration ofthe targeting component is performed by mixing the component or conjugate with the other phospholipids before the initial formation.
- serotonin conjugated to cholesterol can be used as a component in the dried lipid film, which is then reconstituted by an aqueous solution into a preparation of liposomes displaying them on the surface.
- vesicles are formed comprising a functionalized lipid (U.S. Patent 5,059,421).
- the tissue targeting component is subsequently coupled onto the liposome by activating the functionalized lipid appropriately.
- Proteins and small peptides generally must comprise a lipophilic region in order to be inco ⁇ orated into the vesicle in a stable manner. If they do not already comprise such a region, they may be conjugated or cross-linked to a second peptide with this property, or synthesized as a fusion protein having a membrane spanning region. Alternatively, peptides may be conjugated to a phosphoiipid or steroid. Conjugation of peptides onto myristic or palmitic acid is preferred, and is illustrated in the example section. Appropriately prepared peptides may be added to the lipid mixture during formation ofthe liposomes or during reconstitution.
- the protein is inserted into the membrane by partial micellation after the liposome has already been formed. This results in an asymmetric distribution ofthe protein, with a majority being oriented outwards and thus available to exert its targeting role. This has the combined advantage of improving the number of accessible molecules per gram used in the preparation, and not taking up space in the interior which would otherwise contain material for delivery to the target cell.
- the membrane is treated with sodium deoxycholate or other appropriate detergent at an approximate ratio of 8:1 and removal of the detergent by exhaustive dialysis.
- Appropriate detergents are those suitable for dialysis, particularly anionic detergents, and preferably bile acids.
- the term “partial micellation” refers to a vesicle membrane which is "softened” to the point that the vesicle flattens out and acquires a disc- or dumb ⁇ bell-like shape which reverses into a vesicular structure upon removal ofthe detergent; however, the vesicles are not solubilized (micellized) to the point that they lose their intrinsic bilayer structure and become true mixed micelles again.
- This process can conveniently be controlled by monitoring the scattering of light ofthe vesicles using a laser light scattering instrument.
- the selection of the detergent is determined taking into account the compatibility of a particular detergent with the surface protein to be inserted. Enough detergent is introduced into the vesicle dispersion to maintain the light scattering signal. Loss ofthe light scatter signal indicates true solubilization, thus excess of detergent and loss ofthe vesicular structure in favor of a micellar structure.
- the preferred molar ratio of detergent:lipid that maintains the partially micellated disc-like vesicular structure was found to be between 20:1 and 3:1, preferably 12:1 to 5:1, and more preferably about 8:1.
- the protein is then added to the softened liposome particles and allowed to insert into the lipid surface.
- Conditions that optimize the amount of tissue targeting component can be determined by routine experimentation using several techniques available to practitioners of ordinary skill. These include conducting experiments in which the molecule to be inserted is provided with an appropriate label, such as a radioisotope.
- the insertion reaction is conducted at various targeting component: liposome ratios. After the insertion reaction, liposomes are separated from uninco ⁇ orated targeting component, for example, by centrifugation or chromatography, and the proportion of label associated with the liposomes is determined. Altematively, antibodies specific for the targeting component or cell surface protein from the intended target cell may be used with each preparation to detect the presence of inco ⁇ orated targeting component that is expressed at the surface.
- liposomes with an encapsulated expression vector and various amounts of targeting component are used to transfect a suitable test cell line.
- the expression levels are then compared between samples and those treated with liposome encapsulated vectors into which a targeting component has not been added.
- the encapsulation step and the insertion of a tissue targeting protein in either order with acceptable results.
- the optimal order for any particular application of this technology will depend on a number of different factors, including the method used for initial formation ofthe liposomes, the method used for encapsulation, the nature ofthe material to be encapsulated, the stability ofthe targeting component to detergents and subsequent manipulations, and the method (such as refrigeration or freeze-drying) whereby the preparation is to be preserved.
- the material to be encapsulated is a large molecule such as a compressed polynucleotide, two general approaches are preferred.
- the liposomes are preferably formed by extrusion, sized to a smaller diameter, inserted with a tissue targeting protein, freeze-dryed, reconstituted in the presence of a material to be encapsulated, and then re-sized if necessary.
- the liposomes are preferably formed by dialysis in the presence of material to be encapsulated, and then inserted with a tissue targeting protein by micellation as a final step.
- a fusogenic component disrupts the membrane ofthe target cell, permitting entry ofthe liposome or fusion ofthe liposome membrane with that ofthe cell. Fusion may occur at the cell surface, or in an intracellular compartment such as an endosome or a lysosome. Particular fusogenic components are only active at the lower pH of an endosome.
- fusogenic components are suitable for use with this invention. Mammalian and a wide variety of viral proteins with fusion properties are known in the art and suitable for use in this invention. Examples are listed in the Background section of this application.
- Another class of fusogenic molecules are artificial peptides with sequences modeled on those previously known to be fusogenic. To maximize fusogenic potential per gram while minimizing immunogenicity, it is preferable to use only the fragment ofthe relevant protein which contains the fusogenic activity.
- fusogenic proteins of interest are: gp41 of Human Immunodeficiency
- Virus- 1 members of the RSV surface Glycoprotein superfamily, papilloma virus Ll protein, Coronavirus S Protein, Rabies virus Glycoprotein G, Glycoproteins D, B, H, and L ofthe He ⁇ esvirus family (especially VSV), the two Rhino virus pH-dependent fusogens, the Paramoxa Virus F protein petide region 59-140, the Murine Leukemia Virus R Protein, and the Flavovirus pH 6.3 E & M proteins.
- a preferred fusogenic protein is hemagglutinin of influenza, or a fusogenic fragment thereof, particularly a peptide consisting essentially ofthe sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:7.
- the fusogenic component is encapsulated within the liposome and not accessible from the cell surface.
- Encapsulated fusogens may promote delivery of liposomal contents by any of a number of mechanisms. For example, once the liposome reaches the target cell, the component may tunnel through the liposome and through the cell membrane, and be followed by the encapsulated therapeutic substance. Altematively, the component may be released by disintigration ofthe liposome in an endosomal compartment, and go on to penetrate the endosomal membrane along with the payload.
- Example 13 illustrates that a fusogenic fragment of hemagglutinin encapsulated in a liposome enhances expression ofthe vector payload in the target cell.
- the fusogenic component is anchored into the membrane. Accordingly, a fragment is selected with a lipophilic region, or else prepared with a lipophilic region attached, as described earlier for tissue targeting peptides. Fusogenic peptides may be prepared so as to be oriented either C-terminal or N-terminal outwards, and can optionally comprise additional spacer regions which preferably are non- immunogenic.
- fusogenic or tissue targeting components may be used individually to enhance the ability of a liposome to exert its therapeutic effect.
- Example 12 illustrates that fusogenic and tissue targeting components, when both present, may have an additive or even a synergistic effect.
- preferred embodiments of this invention are bifunctional liposomes having both fusogenic and tissue targeting components. Particularly preferred are bifunctional liposomes wherein the tissue targeting component and the fusogenic component do not naturally occur together on a single molecule or a single viral particle.
- fusogenic and tissue targeting components may be inserted into the membrane simultaneously, or through separate process, as appropriate for their chemical composition.
- Fusogenic and tissue targeting components may be comprised in a single molecule, particularly a fusion proteins, optionally through a polypeptide linker region. More usually, the fusogenic component and the tissue targeting component are present as separate molecules and anchored separately into the liposome membrane.
- liposomes containing compressed polynucleotides for gene therapy
- Embodied in this invention are liposome compositions comprising polynucleotides with a therapeutically relevant genetic sequence.
- Encapsulated polynucleotides of this invention can be used for administration to an individual for pu ⁇ oses of gene therapy.
- Suitable diseases for gene therapy include but are not limited to those induced by viral, bacterial, or parasitic infections, various malignancies and hype ⁇ roliferative conditions, autoimmune conditions, and congenital deficiencies.
- Gene therapy can be conducted to enhance the level - expression of a particular protein either within or secreted by the cell.
- the liposome-encapsulated polynucleotides provided herein can be employed to transfect cells either for gene marking, replacement of a missing gene, or insertion of a therapeutic gene.
- marker genes can be used to monitor the state of disease, the longevity of undesirable cells in the diseased tissue, or the longevity ofthe modified or transplanted cells in the diseased tissue.
- the invention can also be used to supply a cytokine or mediator important in enhancement or attenuation of an immunological or inflammatory reaction, such as may occur during viral infection, autoimmune disease, or septic shock.
- An example of a cytokine of particular interest in this regard is ⁇ -interferon.
- the invention can be used in the replacement of a defective or missing gene in a human cell to correct its malfunction.
- a defective or missing gene in a human cell to correct its malfunction.
- One example is replacement of the adenosine deaminase gene in ADA deficiency.
- Another example is the correction of the genetic defect of cystic fibrosis, by supplying a properly functioning cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) or biologically active fragment thereof to the airway epithelium.
- CFTR cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
- An a antitrypsin encoding sequence may be used for treatment of null-type hereditary emphysema.
- a sequence encoding arantitrypsin or superoxide dismutase may be used for treatment of certain inflammatory conditions.
- ⁇ r antitrypsin may be used as an adjunct therapy for cystic fibrosis.
- ARDS Adult respiratory distress syndrome
- PGH synthase may be amenable to treatment by a combination of polynucleotides encoding human ⁇ i-antitrypsin, PGH synthase, and a cocktail of inflammatory inhibitors.
- a gene related to prostaglandin synthesis may be used for the treatment of asthma.
- a polynucleotide is provided with a sequence encoding the protein, operatively linked to transcription and translation elements that are likely to be active in the target cell.
- transcription and translation elements may be those that occur naturally in the corresponding gene.
- an expression cassette may be constructed by recombinant nucleic acid chemistry to place encoding sequences in operative linkage with a heterologous promoter that is intrinsically active in the target cells, or that can be induced by a suitable agent.
- the encoding region will encode the region ofthe protein that provides the desired biological activity. Mutations from the natural sequence that enhance catalysis, improve specificity, or avoid unwanted regulatory activity may optionally present.
- the encoded protein will include elements that participate in its transport to a desired location within or outside the cell, such as a signal sequence for protein secretion.
- a polynucleotide may be provided to the cell that decreases the level of expression. This may be used for the suppression of an undesirable phenotype, such as the product of a gene amplified or overexpressed during the course of a malignancy, or a gene introduced or overexpressed during the course of a microbial infection.
- One approach to decreasing expression is antisense gene therapy.
- the therapeutic polynucleotide comprises a sequence or complementary sequence that is capable of forming a stable hybrid with either the target gene itself, or more typically RNA transcribed therefrom, operatively linked to a suitable promoter.
- the target cell which in rum form stable hybrids with polynucleotides encoding the target protein.
- the antisense polynucleotide need not be the exact complement ofthe target polynucleotide to be effective, so long as stable hybrids form under physiological conditions.
- a second approach to decrease expression is to provide a polynucleotide that contains or encodes a ribozyme capable of cleaving the relevant mRNA.
- the therapeutic polynucleotide contains an encoding region operatively linked to a suitable promoter that allows it to be transcribed into a ribozyme in the target cell.
- the ribozyme comprises a catalytically active segment flanked by nucleotide recognition sequences that serve to anneal the ribozyme to the RNA in a site-specific manner. Only an amount of complementarity sufficient to form a duplex with the target RNA and to allow the catalytically active segment ofthe ribozyme to cleave at the target sites is necessary.
- RNA molecule is formed in a hammerhead motif (Rossi et al., AIDS Res. Hum. Retrovir. 8:183, 1992), a hai ⁇ in motif (Hampel et al.., Biochem. 28:4929, 1989; Nucl. Acids Res. 18:299, 1990), or any other motif known in the art and capable of providing the desired activity (e.g., Cech et al., US 4,987,071).
- Therapeutically useful ribozymes may be selected using the sequence of the target polynucleotide from a library of ribozymes flanked by random sequences cloned into the loop region of a ribozyme expression cassette.
- compositions of this invention may be used to conduct gene therapy either ex vivo or in vivo.
- Ex vivo gene therapy is outlined in US Patent 5,399,346.
- cells are removed from a donor (or obtained from a cultured cell line), genetically altered with a liposome-encapsulated polynucleotide of this invention, and then administered to a recipient.
- the cells are obtained from the donor in the form of a blood sample, bone marrow aspirate, biopsy, surgical excision, or other clinically suitable procedure.
- the cells are optionally purified or otherwise subfractionated, and then treated with a liposome. After transduction, the cells are optionally cultured or otherwise manipulated, and then administered to the recipient.
- the cell donor is the same as the recipient ofthe transduced cells (an autologous transplant).
- the transfer of cells from one individual to another is permissible, or even preferred where the recipient does not have sufficient donor cells for autologous treatment.
- the donor is preferably histocompatible and blood group identical or compatible with the recipient, although this may be less important for administration of cells that are normally immunologically privileged, such as those in the liver.
- tissue types suitable for ex vivo gene therapy are stem cells, obtained either from bone marrow or peripheral blood, such as CD34+ cells, and hepatocytes.
- Liposome-encapsulated polynucleotides of this invention may also be used for administration directly to an individual for purposes of gene therapy in vivo.
- the method comprises administering an effective amount via one ofthe modes of administration described in the following section. What constitutes an effective amount depends on the condition ofthe recipient and the objective of treatment. Where a low percentage of transduction can cure a genetic deficiency, then the objective of treatment is generally to meet or exceed this level of transduction. In some instances, this level of transduction can be achieved by transduction of only about 1 to 5% ofthe target cells, especially if the gene is normally expressed by a small proportion of cells or at a modest level, or if the therapeutic gene is provided under control of a more active promoter.
- the treatment will provide a better degree of protection or a longer lasting effect if a large percentage of cells in the target tissue are modified.
- a sufficient number of liposomes should be admimstered preferably to genetically alter at least about 20% ofthe cells ofthe desired tissue type, usually at least about 50%, preferably at least about 80%, more preferably at least about 95%, and even more preferably at least about 99% ofthe cells ofthe desired tissue type.
- dosage will approximate that which is typical for the administration of a polynucleotide, particularly one that remains extrachromosomal, and is typically in the range of about 50-500 ⁇ g DNA per kg.
- the treatment can be repeated every two or three weeks or as required by the attending physician.
- the effectiveness ofthe genetic alteration can be monitored by clinical features, and by determining whether the cells express the function intended to be conveyed by the therapeutic polynucleotide.
- Samples removed by biopsy or surgical excision may be analyzed by in situ hybridization, immunohistology, or immunofluorescent cell counting.
- Liposomes of this invention comprising any suitable encapsulated material may be prepared for administration to an individual in need thereof, particularly humans, in accordance with generally accepted procedures for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions.
- Preferred methods for preparing the liposomes described herein are sufficiently flexible that batch sizes from 5 ml to several liters or more may be prepared reproducibly and under sterile conditions, using (for example) either teflon dialysis cells or flow-through hollow fiber dialysis apparatus.
- General procedures for preparing pharmaceutical compositions are described in
- Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dispersing a liposome in a liquid excipient, such as water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, or ethanol.
- a liquid excipient such as water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, or ethanol.
- the composition may optionally also contain other medicinal agents, pharmaceutical agents, adjuvants, carriers, and auxiliary substances.
- Pharmaceutical compositions for oral, intranasal, or topical administration can be supplied in solid, semi-solid or liquid forms, including tablets, capsules, powders, liquids, and suspensions.
- compositions for injection can be supplied as liquid solutions or suspensions, as emulsions, or as solid forms suitable for dissolution or suspension in liquid prior to injection.
- a preferred composition is one that provides either a solid or liquid aerosol when used with an appropriate aerosolizer device.
- pharmaceutical compositions are preferably supplied in unit dosage form suitable for administration of a precise amount.
- kits for preparing a pharmacological composition of this invention may be provided in kit form.
- a kit comprising in separate containers liposomes and a pharmaceutical excipient.
- a kit comprising a compressed polynucleotide in one container, and a lipid film in another container that reconstitutes into liposomes when the polynucleotide solution is added.
- Packaged compositions and kits of this invention optionally include instructions for storage, preparation and administration ofthe composition.
- the route of administration of a pharmaceutical composition depends, inter alia, on the intended target site, the presence or absence of a tissue targeting component, and the nature ofthe condition being treated. Possible routes of systemic administration include parenteral, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intradermal, intravenous, oral, intraperitoneal, and intranasal routes. Local administration is preferred when the liposome lacks a tissue targeting component and the target area is small. Liposomes may be administered near to or directly into a pathologically affected tissue site, either by direct injection, or through an indwelling catheter.
- a preferred method of administration is by aerosol.
- the aerosol may be either solid or liquid.
- Liquid aerosols may be prepared by suspending the liposomes in a suitable excipient that may also contain a preservative, and supplied in a suitable aerosolizer. Solid aerosols may provide a more stable form ofthe product, and may therefore be preferred. They can be prepared by drying down a liposome preparation in the presence of a carrying agent, such as lactose or gaiactose. A preferred method of drying is lyophilization. The lyophilized powder may be ground and compressed into a capsule. It is then placed in a suitable device to provide a particulate spray. The liposomes will then reconstitute when they contact the fluid bathing the alveolar surface.
- liposomes can be prepared that contain compressed nucleic acids or other deliverable material.
- the liposomes may optionally also comprise a tissue targeting component and an intracellular targeting component. It is understood that variations may be made to the composition ofthe liposome and the methods used for preparing and using them without departing from the spirit of this invention.
- Example 1 Preparation of polynucleotide plasmids with reporter sequences
- Plasmids containing cDNA encoding either chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (pCMV4-CAT) or prostaglandin G/H synthase (pCMV4-PGH) were constructed in the eukaryotic expression vector pCMV4 driven by the promoter sequence ofthe cytomegalovirus major immediate early gene (Conary et al., Canonico et al.).
- pCMV4 is a plasmid made up of double-stranded DNA.
- the plasmid RV-PAP which contains the gene for placental alkaline phosphatase driven by the Rous sarcoma virus promoter (pRV- PAP), was obtained from L. Culp, Case Western Reserve.
- the plasmids were replicated in E. Coli strain NM522 and purified using Qiagen Gigapreps (Chatsworth, CA) according to the manufacturer's protocol. Purity ofthe plasmid and integrity ofthe cDNA insert was determined by electrophoresis using 1% agarose gels (D. Voytas (1992) pp. 2.13-2.14 in: Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, F.M. Ausubel et al., John Wiley & Sons, NY).
- plasmids were labeled by dye intercalation with acridine orange or with the dimeric cyanine nucleic acid stain, TOTO-1TM (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR). The integrity ofthe labeled plasmid and the absence of any uninco ⁇ orated dye was determined by agarose gel electrophoresis.
- the labeling procedure was as follows: Plasmid at a concentration of 0.5 ⁇ g/ml in sterile water was combined with 10 ⁇ l of a 10 mg/ml solution of acridine-orange and incubated for 45 minutes in the dark.
- the plasmid DNA was precipitated with sodium acetate and ethanol, collected by centrifugation, washed once with 70% ethanol and resuspended in sterile water at a concentration of approximately 1 mg/ml.
- TOTO-1TM labeling was performed in 40 mM Tris acetate, pH 8.0, containing 2 mM EDTA. DNA at a concentration of 1 mg/ml in the Tris acetate buffer was added to a 1 : 10 dilution ofthe dye at a ratio of 1 :3 v/v.
- the DNA was precipitated with sodium acetate and ethanol, collected by centrifugation, washed with 70% ethanol and resuspended in Tris acetate buffer at a concentration of 0.5 mg/ml. The absence of uninco ⁇ orated dye was confirmed by electrophoresis in 1 % agarose gels.
- Fluorescein- 11-dUTP (FluoroGreen, Amersham, Arlington Heights, IL) also was used to label plasmid DNA.
- the plasmid DNA was linearized by digestion with the restriction endonuclease Xba 1 and purified by chromatography over a Select 6-L spin column (5 Prime 3 Prime, Boulder, CO). Fluorescein- 11-dUTP was added to the 3' ends ofthe plasmid through the action of terminal deoxytransferase, the plasmid was purified by chromatography through a Select 6-L column, precipitated with ethanol, collected by centrifugation, washed with 70% ethanol and resuspended in sterile water.
- Example 2 Compressing of the polynucleotide plasmids
- Synthetic peptides with sequences corresponding to SEQ. ID NOS:2-4 were ordered and obtained from Research Genetics (Huntsville, AL). The peptides were combined with plasmid DNA at varying DNA to peptide ratios and incubated at 23 °C for 10-15 minutes. These proteins were combined with plasmid at a ratio of 1 :30
- TEM transmission electron microscopy
- Carbon coated grids were prepared by resistance evaporation of carbon thread (Bal-Tec, Hudson, NH) onto freshly cleaved mica strips. Films were floated off on water and picked up on 400 mesh nickel grids that had been treated with grid glue (transparent tape extracted with chloroform) and dried. CLPCs were allowed to adsorb to the surface ofthe carbon film for 20 min; grids were floated face down on a drop of 1% OsO 4 for 1 h, washed, dried and rotary shadowed with carbon-platinum at 10° angle by beam evaporation in a Balzers MED010 evaporator. Specimens were observed with a Hitachi H-7000 electron microscope.
- the net charge on plasmid DNA and on plasmid DNA/peptide complexes was determined by a gel electrophoresis gel shift experiment. Plasmid DNA and synthetic peptides were combined as described above. After the incubation period, the plasmid subjected to electrophoresis (7 V/cm). After 90 minutes, DNA in the gel was detected by staining with ethidium bromide and irradiation with ultraviolet light.
- Lane 1 was loaded with 3 ⁇ g ofthe pCMV- PGH plasmid that had not been compressed.
- Lanes 2-5 were loaded with the same amount of plasmid compressed with 15 ng, 100 ng, 200 ng, and 400 ng ofthe compressing peptide.
- the horizontal lines in each lane at about 8.2 on the scale indicate the top ofthe gel.
- the uncompressed intact plasmid appears as a doublet at about 8.8 and 9.2 in Lane 1.
- the plasmid resolves to a single band at lower relative mobility. This is consistent with the plasmid having adopted an altered configuration.
- Example 3 Preparation of artificial viral envelopes Phospholipids were purchased from the following sources: egg phosphatidylcholine (PC) (lot #37F-8420), phosphatidylserine (PS) (lot #99F-83561) from bovine brain, egg phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) (lot #58F-8371), cholesterol from porcine liver (lot #36F-7040), deoxycholic acid (lot #108F-0331) and sodium cholate (lot #78F-0533), were from Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO.
- Egg sphingomyeline (SM) (lot #ESM-22) was from Avanti Polar Lipids, Pelham, AL.
- the composition of phosphate buffered saline (PBS) was NaCl 137 mM, KCl 2.7 mM, Na 2 HPO 4 8.1 mM, KH 2 PO 4 1.5 mM, with 0.5 mM sodium azide (lot #13F-0600) (Sigma).
- Spectra Por 2 (mol. cut-off 12-14,000) membrane discs were used for dialysis in teflon dialysis cells.
- Lipid C Composition a nd Stock Soi uti ⁇ ns mg/10 ml MW ⁇ moles/ mole % of HCCI 3 10 ml total PL cholesterol (CH) 38 386 98.4 phosphatidylcholine (PC) 20 786 25.4 23.7 phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) 18 743 24.2 22.6 phosphatidylserine (PS) 23 832 27.6 25.7 sphingomyelin (SM) 22 731 30.1 28.1
- the phosphoiipid composition was based on the reported composition of the natural HIV-l envelope (L.M. Gordon et al. (1988), pp. 255-294 in: Lipid Domains and the Relationship to Membrane Function, R.C Aloia et al., Alan R. Liss, Inc., NY), as shown in Table 6.
- the minor fractions of 2.1 mole% phosphatidylinositol and 0.9 mole% phosphatidic acid, and the 5 mole% of "other" lipids were substituted by a larger fraction (25.7 mole% vs. 15.1 mole%) of PS.
- lipid stock solution 500 ⁇ l were combined in a round-bottom flask and 1000 ⁇ l ofthe sodium cholate stock solution were added. The organic solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen.
- the lipid/detergent film was dispersed in 5.0 ml 10 mM PBS and sonicated for 10 minutes in a bath sonicator (Lab Supplies, Hicksville, NY) until solubilization ofthe lipids was completed.
- the clear liquid was transferred to a teflon dialysis cell equipped with a Spectra Por 2 membrane (MW cut-off 12-14,000) and dialyzed against 2 liters of PBS with 5 buffer changes after 5, 8, 16, 24, and 48 hours.
- the buffer was purged with N 2 over the entire time of dialysis.
- the samples were removed form the dialysis cell after a total dialysis time of 54-56 hours and stored at 4°C.
- the size and size distribution ofthe artificial envelopes was analyzed using a NICOMPTM Model 370 laser particle sizer (Particle Sizing Systems, St. Barbara, CA).
- a typical example of a homogenous population of vesicles had an average size of 216 nm ⁇ 82 nm (S.D.) and achi 2 value of 1.39.
- the reproducibility of preparation was remarkable.
- a total of 15 samples prepared was found to have an average diameter of 250 mm with an extremely narrow standard deviation ofthe mean of 26 nm.
- the ultrastructure ofthe vesicles was determined by freeze-fracture electron microscopy. The results ofthe electron microscopy showed perfectly unilamellar artificial envelopes.
- Cholesterol was determined according to the method of A. Zlatkis et al. (1953), J. Lab. Clin. Med. 41:486-492. A total of 267.1 ⁇ g CH/ml, corresponding to 76.3% ofthe original total amount of CH, were recovered.
- the final phosphoiipid: cholesterol ratio was 0.87, only slightly different than the original ratio of 0.92.
- Example 4 Demonstration that compressed polynucleotides are more readily encapsulated
- Compressed polynucleotides are encapsulated into AVE particles by a reconstitution method.
- AVE particles are formed beforehand; the empty AVE are then dried down into a lipid film in a round bottom flask.
- a solution containing the compressed polynucleotide is added, and as the AVE become suspended in the solution, the polynucleotide is encapsulated.
- the AVE formed for this Example, and for Examples 8, and 9, were prepared by the extrusion method.
- the phospholipid-cholesterol mixture used was as shown in Table 7:
- Phospholipids were purchased from Avanti or Genzyme.
- the phospholipid- cholesterol mixture was prepared in ⁇ 5 ml chloroform, dried down in the bottom of a glass flask by rotoevaporation at 40°C.
- PBS was added at the level of 1 ml/10 mg residue, and the AVE were extruded through a 0.2 ⁇ m polycarbonate filter under N 2 pressure. They were then transferred to a small vial, and lyophilized for 18-24 h until dry.
- the plasmid solution was added, and the flask was shaken to reconstitute the vesicles and encapsulate the plasmid.
- Example 1 To determine the proportion of AVE particles that take up compressed plasmids in the encapsulation step, studies were performed using plasmid which had been labeled by intercalation of the fluorescent DNA dye TOTO- 1 TM (Example 1 ). The labeled DNA was combined with peptide and incubated as described in Example 2. The compressed polynucleotide was then encapsulated into AVE particles by the reconstitution method. The particles were extruded through a sizing filter to reduce their size down to about 250 nm. Quantitation of fluorescence was performed in a FACScan fluorescent cell sorter (Becton Dickinson), and analyzed using Lysis 2 software.
- FACScan fluorescent cell sorter Becton Dickinson
- Figure 4 shows the results of this analysis.
- the left side of each panel shows the size ofthe particle (Y-axis) versus relative fluorescence (X-axis).
- the right side of each panel shows the frequency (Y-axis) versus relative fluorescence (X-axis).
- Fluorescent AVE particles were defined as any particle having a relative fluorescence of 10 or more (region "Ml ").
- the sample analyzed in Fig. 4a was AVE formed in the absence of DNA. This shows the background fluorescence due to the AVE envelope alone.
- the sample analyzed in Fig. 4b was AVE containing fluorescent DNA which had not been compressed before the encapsulation step.
- the percentage of particles containing DNA molecules was 31.80%. In other words, less than 1/3 ofthe liposomes contained DNA.
- 4c was AVE containing fluorescent DNA which had been compressed with polypeptides with an amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID NO:2.
- the percentage of particles containing fluorescent molecules was 73.40%. In other words, almost 3/4 ofthe liposomes contained DNA.
- experiments were conducted in which the plasmid was labeled with 3 P.
- the labeled plasmid was combined with the compressing peptide and incubated as before.
- the compressed plasmid was then encapsulated in AVE according to the reconstitution method. Encapsulation efficiency was determined by treating the AVE suspension with DNAse I for 30 minutes at 37°C.
- encapsulated plasmid DNA is protected from DNAse digestion
- removing digested plasmid DNA by column chromatography and measuring the remaining radioactivity. Since encapsulated plasmid DNA is protected from DNAse digestion, the amount of label remaining in the high molecular weight fraction is proportional to the amount of encapsulated plasmid. The results of this analysis showed that when the peptide was combined with the plasmid DNA the efficiency of encapsulation by the AVE increased from 24% to 64%.
- glycoprotein stock solutions contained 175 ⁇ g/ml G glycoprotein (-90,000 Da) and 350 ⁇ g/ml F glycoprotein (-48,000 Da), respectively.
- the glycoproteins were inserted into AVE prepared by the dialysis method as in Example 3. The insertion was performed by a second dialysis step before encapsulation ofthe polynucleotide.
- the pre-formed envelopes were filtered through 0.22 ⁇ m filters (Acrodisc) and 2.5 ml of these were mixed under aseptic conditions with 0.5 of a filtered aqueous solution of deoxycholate (lipid:detergent molar ratio about 8) and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. Partial solubilization was observed with electron microscopy of a vesicle sample treated similarly.
- the glycoprotein solution was added aseptically, gently mixed, and kept for 45 minutes at room temperature. The mixture was then dialyzed in the cold (4°C) against 2 liters of Tris (10 mM, pH 7.8, containing 0.5 mM NaN 3 ) with 5 buffer changes at 4, 8, 16, and 48 hours. The buffer was purged with N 2 for the entire time of dialysis. The sample was removed after 56 hours and analyzed for size and inclusion ofthe glycoprotein on the outer vesicle surface.
- Samples were prepared with 46.3 ⁇ l ofthe G glycoprotein stock solution only, one sample with 8.2 ⁇ l ofthe F glycoprotein stock solution only, or one sample with both 46.3 ⁇ l ofthe glycoprotein and 8.2 ⁇ l ofthe F glycoprotein stock solution.
- the corresponding lipid:protein ratios are shown in Table 8.
- the artificial RSV envelopes were centrifuged for 10 minutes in an Eppendorff microfuge and the CF solution replaced with PBS.
- HEp-2 cells were grown on sterile coverslip flasks at 37°C and 5% CO 2 . When the cells were approximately 50% confluent, they were washed with PBS and then used to perform fusion experiments.
- the AVE were prepared according to the description in Example 5, except that they were labeled by preparing them in the presence of 6- carboxyfluorescein (6-CF) as an aqueous space marker, rather than a polynucleotide.
- Fusion experiments were conducted as follows: To HEp-3 cells in Petri dishes were added 0.5 ml of one ofthe solutions containing the artificial envelopes without protein, with G glycoprotein only, with F glycoprotein only, or with both G and F glycoprotein as described in the previous example. A sample of AVE without glycoprotein was used as a negative control. An additional control was a solution containing 6-CF diluted 1 :20,000 only (no lipid control). Cells were replenished with 3 ml of a 1% DMEM cell culture medium and incubated at 37°C in 5% CO 2 . Cells were viewed after 1 , 2, 4, and 24 hours under a fluorescent microscope at 40X magnification and photographed under phase and fluorescent light.
- Example 7 Efficacy of the intracellular targeting component
- Cells used for this series of experiments included the transformed human epithelial cell line 2-CFSME 0 -, containing the 6508 mutation in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (obtained from D. Gruenert, U. California San Francisco). These cells were cultured in D-MEM/F-12 at 37°C in 5% CO 2 . Cells used in microscopic studies were grown for 12 to 14 h on glass coverslips. Cultures used for expression studies were grown in 60 mm tissue culture dishes and transfected at 80-90% confluence. Also used were bovine pulmonary artery endothelial cells (BPAE) (Conary et al.).
- BPAE bovine pulmonary artery endothelial cells
- Cationic liposomes consisted of 3 ⁇ -[N-(N , ,N'-dimethylaminoethane)-carbamoyl]- cholesterol (DC -Choi) complexed with Dioleylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE) in a 1 :1 (w/w) ratio: see X. Gao et al. (1991), Biochem. Biophys Res. Comm. 179:280-285.
- DC-Choi was obtained from L. Huang, University of Pittsburgh, PA. DOPE was purchased from Avanti Polar Lipids (Alabaster, AL).
- Cationic liposomes consisting of N- [l-(2,3-dioleyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride (DOTMA) and dioleylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE) (1 :1 wt/wt) (LIPOFECTINTM) were purchased from Life Technologies (Gaithersburg, MA). DOTMA also was received from Syntex Research (Palo Alto, CA).
- DOTMA/DOPE liposomes were prepared by dissolving 5 mg of each component (6:5 DOTMA DOPE molar ratio) in 3 ml of CHC1 3 , removing the organic solvent by rotoevaporation at 40°C for 45 min, and resuspending the lipid film in sterile double- distilled water under gentle swirling. The crude dispersion was agitated on a wrist-action shaker for 1 h at room temperature. Liposomes were reduced in diameter to ⁇ 200 nm by high pressure homogenization with an Emulsiflex-B3 (Avestin, Ottawa, Canada), using approximately 15 cycles at 16,000 psi nitrogen pressure. The final lipid concentration was determined calorimetrically according to a modification (13).
- Liposomes were prepared at stock concentrations of 10 mg/ml (15 ⁇ moles/ml) total lipid; working concentrations were 1 mg/ml or less. Liposomes were stored in glass vials at 4°C under nitrogen. DC-Chol/DOPE liposomes were prepared by mixing 4.5 mg of each component (6:4 DC-Chol/DOPE molar ratio) in 2 ml CHC1 3 . Rotoevaporation and dispersion in water were done as described above. The flask was briefly sonicated to ensure removal of all lipid from the vessel wall and hydration continued in the refrigerator overnight before the preparation was homogenized and analyzed as described above.
- CAT or PAP plasmids were pre-incubated with the intracellular targeting peptide. Liposome and plasmid solutions were then combined under gentle swirling following dilution of both components with water. Typically, the final lipid concentration was 180 ⁇ g/ml and the co ⁇ esponding plasmid concentration was 60 ⁇ g/ml. The final mixture was incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature before use.
- Transfection experiments were performed on cells grown in 60 mm cell culture dishes to between 80 and 90% confluence. Each plate received 20 ⁇ g of plasmid DNA combined with 60 ⁇ g of cationic liposome. Location ofthe fluorescently labeled plasmid within the cells was performed by low-light fluorescent microscopy. A cooled CCD camera (Star 1 camera, Photometries, Arlington, AZ) and an Axo Video Program (Axon Instruments, Foster City, CA) was used. The tissue culture dish was mounted in a heated (37°C) microscope stage with the coverslip directly over the microscope objective. The shutter system on both the camera and the fluorescent light source was programmed to record images at 2 minute intervals. Cells were transfected with labeled DNA (6 ⁇ g) combined with 18 ⁇ g of DOTMA/DOPE, 60 sec before the first image was recorded.
- Example 8 AVE with compressed nucleic acid enhances protein expression in vitro
- Glycoprotein F ofthe RSV was added by the method described in Example 5.
- the AVE were then reconstituted in the presence of plasmid pRV-PAP.
- the encapsulated plasmid was placed into 35 mm Petri dishes containing confluent cultures of cells from lung tissue. The cells were grown from a human patient with cystic fibrosis. After an additional 48 h in culture, the cells were washed twice with saline, fixed with glutaraldehyde/formaldehyde, heat treated to inactivate the endogenous alkaline phosphatase (placental alkaline phosphatase is heat stable). The enzymatically active alkaline phosphatase was then stained with SIGMAFAST REDTM.
- pCMV4-CAT was compressed using a peptide with the sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:2.
- the F surface glycoprotein of RSV was prepared by extrusion, then inserted into the AVE as a tissue targeting component, and used to encapsulate the compressed plasmid.
- Rats were anesthetized and a dose of 100 ⁇ g ofthe plasmid (in 180 ⁇ l total volume) instilled into their lungs via a syringe connected to a thin endotracheal tube.
- Control animals were treated identically with AVE inserted with glycoprotein F and containing saline, rather than a plasmid.
- EXP EXP
- CONTR control
- AVE containing an expression plasmid was injected intravenously into rats to examine the requirement for tissue targeting from the general circulation.
- the PAP plasmid was compressed as described above for CAT, and then encapsulated into an AVE.
- the AVE had been previously inserted with the F glycoprotein of RSV .
- Anesthetized rats were injected in a tail vein with a dose of 600 ⁇ l AVE containing 100 ⁇ g ofthe PAP gene.
- Control animals were treated with AVE containing saline. The animals were allowed to recover, and were given food and water ad libitum for 60 h. They were then sacrificed and organs were preserved in paraforaldehyde. Thin frozen sections were heated to 60°C for 10 min to inactivate endogenous alkaline phosphate activity. They were then incubated with SIGMAFAST REDTM histochemical stain for 1 h.
- FIGS. 8 Top and Bottom panels show lung sections from animals treated respectively with the plasmid-containing AVE or control AVE (40x magnification).
- the field shows alveolar epithelial cells, endothelial cells, and the vascular bed, along with erythrocytes located in the vasculature. There is essentially no staining of any ofthe cells. This indicates that there is no expression ofthe PAP gene, probably because the AVE were blocked from reaching the epithelial cells by the endothelial layer.
- FIGS. 9 Top & Bottom panels show kidney sections from the same animals as in Figure 8 (40 x magnification).
- PAP expression is evident by the dark-staining patches that occur around some of the open tubule sections.
- AVE containing the PAP plasmid were again used for intravenous administration.
- the AVE were specifically targeted to the endothelium ofthe lung using serotonin.
- N-glutaraldehyde substituted phosphatidyl ethanolamine was obtained from Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis. It was mixed with serotonin in the presence of ethylenediamine carbodiimide (EDC) to form a linkage from the C-terminal of serotonin to the N-group ofthe substituted PE.
- EDC ethylenediamine carbodiimide
- FIG. 10 shows a lung section from an animal treated 60 h previously with 600 ⁇ l of AVE containing 100 ⁇ g PAP plasmid. The section is stained with SIGMAFAST REDTM to display PAP enzymatic activity. There is staining in individual cells scattered throughout the section away from the alveolar lumen, which is the expected pattern for lung endothelial cells.
- Figure 10 shows a kidney section from a similarly treated animal. The staining pattern is similar to that in the Top Panel of Figure 9, indicating that serotonin-targeted AVE have a tendency to localize in both the lung and the kidney.
- AVE stability of AVE was assessed at room temperature and when refrigerated.
- AVE were prepared by dissolving phospholipids and cholesterol in chloroform, and removing the solvent by rotoevaporation. The resulting film was suspended by gentle swirls in iso-osmotic sterile-filtered glycerol (292 mmol/kg, adjusted to pH 7.01), followed by 1 h of agitation at room temperature on a wrist-action shaker. The AVE were then subjected to several cycles of freeze-thawing. The vesicle size was reduced to -800 nm by nitrogen pressure extrusion (Lipex Biomembranes, Vancouver, Canada), using a polycarbonate membrane (Poretics Corp., Livermore CA). The AVE encapsulated no material other than solvent, and comprised no targeting molecule.
- AVE suspensions were stored in Wheaton's clear borosilicate glass serum bottles capped with Wheaton's gray butyl rubber stoppers. A vacuum was created using an Edward's freeze-dryer. A small amount of nitrogen gas was introduced into the lyophilizer chamber before capping the bottles.
- the mean diameter of stored AVE was determined weekly by laser light scattering using the Nicomp Model 370 laser particle sizer (Particle Sizing Systems, Santa Barbara CA). Phosphoiipid composition was assessed by chomatographing AVE on AL SIL G plates, comprising a s250 ⁇ m layer of silica gel on an aluminum backing (Whatman), using a solvent of CHCl 3 :MeOH: water of 65:25:4, and developing with iodine.
- Figure 11 shows a representative result in which AVE were stored at 10 mg/mL in a refrigerator (upper panel) or at room temperature (lower panel). The pH of suspensions kept at room temperature or refrigerated was stable throughout the study (open bars). The size ofthe AVE was also stable (filled bars).
- Cholesterol glutarate (compound 1 in the Figure) is prepared as follows: In a dry 50 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a CaCl 2 guard tube and a stirring system, the following are added: 2.5 g (6.5 mmol) cholesterol; 0.741 g (6.5 mmol) glutaric anhydride; in 20 mL anhydrous chloroform. After stirring for 2 min, 8.1 mg 4- dimethylaminopyridine is added. After stirring another 4 h at 25°C, a further 30 mL chloroform is added. Product is washed with 20 mL 2 N HCl, twice with 20 mL water, then dried over sodium sulfate. Evaporate. The crude product is purified on silica gel, eluting with 2%-4% methanol in chloroform.
- N-[2-(3'(5'-hydroxyindole))ethyl]-6-(3-cholesteryloxy)-2,5-dioxohexylamine (compound 2 in the Figure) is prepared as follows: 350 mg (0.7 mmol) cholesterol glutarate is dissolved in 5 mL DMF, and a 1 M solution of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in 0.8 mL chloroform is added. After sti ⁇ ing for 5 min, 170 mg (0.8 mmol) serotonur.HCl is added.
- Artificial viral envelopes comprising serotonin as a tissue targeting component have been prepared by mixing N-[2-(3 , (5'-hydroxyindole))ethyl]-6-(3-cholesteryloxy)- 2,5-dioxohexylamine into the phospholipidxholesterol mixture before formation ofthe liposomes. Between about 0.1 and 5.0 mole percent may be used, with 0.25-0.5 mole percent being typical.
- AVE are formed from the lipid mixture in the presence of a compressed polynucleotide.
- Peptides are linked to palmytic or myristic acid as part ofthe peptide synthesis process.
- the peptide is synthesized on solid phase, starting from the C-terminus, and the lipophilic acid is added as the last unit at the amino acid end ofthe peptide.
- palmitic or myristic acid is activated the same was as an amino acid and coupled to the peptidic residue.
- the peptide is then cleaved form the solid phase and deprotected, as usual. Details of preparation ofthe fusogenic component are as follows: Solid phase synthesis according to the method of Merrifield (J. Am. Chem. Soc.
- the peptide is removed from the resin and secondary protecting groups are removed by reacting with trifluoroacetic acid (FT A).
- FT A trifluoroacetic acid
- the peptide is then precipitated from the TFA using either, and filtered off.
- the peptide is dissolved in water containing 10% acetonitrile, and lyophilized.
- Between about 1 and 5 mole percent of palmytic acid-peptide conjugate may be constituted into liposomes, with about 1.6-2.5 mole percent being typical.
- the conjugate is constituted into liposomes either by mixing the conjugate into the solution used to form the liposomes, or more usually by inserting it into preformed liposomes by detergent softening.
- Bifunctional AVE targeted with serotonin are typically prepared as follows: A plasmid comprising a PAP reporter gene encoding sequence are compressed using a compression peptide consisting essentially of SEQ. ID NO:2, as described in Example 2. A lipid film containing phosphoiipid, cholesterol, and serotonin-linked cholesterol are dried as a lipid film on a round-bottom flask. An aqueous solution ofthe compressed polynucleotide is added, and liposomes form encapsulating the polynucleotide.
- the preparation is subjected to 5-6 cycles of freeze-thawing by incubating alternately in a dry ice/acetone bath and a 40-42°C water bath.
- Vesicles are sized by extrusion to 600-1000 nm.
- a conjugate ofthe 23 amino-acid fusogenic component shown in SEQ. ID NO: 7 linked to palmytic acid is inserted into the outer liposome membrane by insertion similar to the method outlined in Example 5.
- the AVE are incubated with the conjugate in the presence of deoxycholate, and then the deoxycholate is removed by dialysis.
- Liposomes are characterized for lipid, peptide, and nucleic acid content. Routine size determination is conducted by laser light scattering.
- Example 12 Components of bifunctional AVE work in concert to promote delivery of the encapsulated material
- Liposomes were prepared that comprised: a) a phospholipidxholesterol envelope characteristic of AVE; b) serotonin as a tissue targeting component; c) a hemagglutinin 23-mer fusogenic component; d) a plasmid with the PAP reporter gene.
- a second preparation of liposomes comprised the fusogenic component but not the targeting component.
- Results of targeted gene delivery in the lung of treated animals are shown in Figure 13. Basal expression determined in the saline treated animals is shown by the solid bar. PAP expression determined in animals treated with AVE having only fusogenic components is shown by the stippled bar. PAP expression determined in animals treated with AVE having both fusogenic and targeting components is shown by the open bar.
- AVE comprising the fusogenic component but not serotonin activity in nmol/mg protein/h was: lung, 0.46; liver, 2.28; kidney, 0.73; brain, 0.41; heart, 2.39; spleen, 1.62; ovary, 0.64.
- activity in the bifunctional AVE activity was: lung, 1.51; liver, 9.18; kidney, 1.71 ; brain, 1.00; heart, 1.15; spleen, 1.56; ovary, 0.96.
- the results show that AVE comprising the PAP expression vector and a fusogenic component increase expression in the lung (the tissue of interest) over basal levels by about 2.3 fold.
- AVE comprising both the fusogenic component and serotonin as a tissue targeting component increase expression over basal levels by about 8.1 fold.
- Example 12 An expression vector for ⁇ i-antitrypsin
- This example provides a pCMV4 expression vector including a coding sequence for human ⁇ ,.antitrypsin (AAT), SEQ. ID NO:8.
- AAT human ⁇ ,.antitrypsin
- the plasmid can be incorporated into the liposome for targeting, for example, to the lung or liver.
- the plasmid is then capable of expression of AAT by the cells without incorporation into the chromosome.
- the construct includes a short transcription augmenter sequence 5' to AAT encoding region, which increases the rate of translation.
- the construct also includes a human growth hormone 3' untranslated region, which stabilizes the transcript.
- ARDS adult respiratory distress syndrome
- the plasmid made in accordance with this example does not replicate in eukaryotic cells. Therefore, the increased expression ofthe gene is transient. The plasmid is not readily inco ⁇ orated into the host DNA. Both of these characteristics enhance safety for human administration.
- the plasmid construct was prepared as follows: Two oligonucleotide primers of twenty to thirty nucleotides were synthesized. One nucleotide was homologous to the 5' untranslated region immediately upstream (5') ofthe initiation codon. The second oligonucleotide was complementary to the 3' untranslated region immediately downstream (3') ofthe stop transcription codon. Both oligonucleotides had a one or two base substitution, creating a different restriction enzyme site in the untranslated regions of the amplified gene. The new restriction enzyme sites were approximately eight nucleotides downstream from the 5' end ofthe oligonucleotide. An EcoRl-EcoRl fragment of AAT cDNA from a phAT85 vector (gift of Dr. S.
- the AAT gene was amplified using Vent DNA polymerase, 100 ng of target DNA, a programmable temperature cycler, and standard reaction conditions.
- a PCR reaction was conducted in a buffer of lOmM KCl, lOmM (NH4) 2 SO4, 20mM Tris pH 8.8, 2mM MgSO 4 , 0.1% Triton X-100, 2 units of Vent DNA polymerase, 200 mM each dNTP, and 1.0 mM each primer. Denaturing was done at 93.5° C, annealing at 56° C and extension at 75° C.
- the PCR amplification product was cleaved with restriction enzymes Clal and Smal.
- the amplified gene was separated from small fragments nucleotides by gel filtration through an S-400 spin column.
- pCMV4 (Andersson et al. (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:8222-8224) was used as the expression vector.
- the vector backbone is pTZ18R (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ).
- the promoter consists of nucleotides -760 to +3 ofthe promoter-regulatory region ofthe human cytomegalovirus (Towne strain) major immediate early gene. Transcription termination and polyadenylation signals are supplied by sequence 1533 to 2157 of the human growth hormone.
- a synthetic fragment of DNA co ⁇ esponding to the 5'- untranslated region ofthe alfalfa mosaic virus 4 RNA is located in front ofthe polylinker region site and acts as a translational enhancer.
- pCMV4 was cleaved with Clal and Smal, then ligated with the AAT encoding sequence. After ligation, the pCMV4-AAT construct was transfected into fresh competent bacteria (E. coli NM522), prepared by standard methods (Hanahan, D. (1980) J. Mol. Biol. 166:557-580). After transfection, the bacteria were selected on plates containing carbenicillin. The colonies were grown up as individual liquid cultures for restriction nuclease analysis.
- Properly constructed plasmid was purified by lysis ofthe bacteria and precipitation with polyethylene glycol. Plasmid was further purified by ultracentrifugation in isopycnic CsCl for 40 hours at 45,000 rpm. The isolated plasmid was precipitated with ethanol and resuspended in sterile water. It is important to deplete endotoxin (lipopolysaccharide A from gram negative bacterial). The method outlined reduces the level to about 45 pg of endotoxin/5 ⁇ g of plasmid.
- Plasmid DNA was purified from a 2 L liquid culture of E. coli strain XL-1 Blue by standard methods (Cu ⁇ ent Protocols in Molecular Biology, pp. 1.7.1-1.7.1 1). Plasmid purity was determined by electrophoresis on submarine agarose gels.
- Example 13 Delivery of an ⁇ j.antitrypsin expression vector into cells using AVE
- Plasmid DNA comprising an AAT expression vector was prepared according to the previous example.
- Purified plasmid DNA was labeled with the intercalating dye TOTOTM-l using a method similar to that outlined in Example 1.
- DNA and dye were coincubated at a ratio of 1 : 1000 (w/w) at room temperature for 15 min, and free dye was removed by precipitation with sodium acetate and ethanol.
- the labeled DNA was then compressed by combining with the compression peptide (SEQ. ID NO:2) at a ratio of 1 :30 (w/w) and incubating for 10 min at 37°C.
- This plasmid-peptide complex was added to dried lipid film and vesicles were formed by gentle shaking.
- Unilamellar vesicles were enriched by repeated freeze-thawing. The vesicles were extruded through a polycarbonate membrane and characterized by laser light particle sizing. No tissue targeting or fusogenic component was used in this experiment. AVE containing 20 ⁇ g DNA were applied to plates of HepG2 cells at about 60% confluence. Presence ofthe labeled DNA was observed by fluorescent light at 495 nm every hour.
- Figures A & B show the cells under normal (phase) illumination.
- Figures C & D show the cells photographed under fluorescent illumination. The presence of fluorescence in and around the nucleus indicates that the DNA had been delivered into the cell, and at least partially localized to the nucleus. This demonstrates that the AVE can be used to deliver an AAT expression vector.
- AVE encapsulating the pCMV-AAT expression vector were prepared as before, except that the DNA was not labeled. In one preparation, AVE contained the vector, but no tissue targeting or fusogenic component. In another preparation, AVE encapsulated not only the vector, but also a tetramer ofthe 23 amino-acid fusogenic peptide according to SEQ. ID NO:7. In this case, the fusogenic peptide was not attached to a lipophilic anchor; instead, it was encapsulated inside the vesicles by including it in the aqueous phase added to the lipid film during vesicle formation.
- Each ofthe two preparations was altematively used to transfect cultured BHK cells (20 ⁇ g DNA per plate).
- AAT expression was determined at various times after transfection by culturing the cells in serum-free medium. Twenty-one h after transfection, the culture medium was removed and replaced with medium free of phenol red and fetal bovine serum. The serum-free medium was collected 6 h later, aliquoted, and stored at - 80°C. The cells were returned to normal tissue culture medium, and then a second serum- free supernatant was collected in the same fashion at 45 h after transfection.
- An enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay was designed that identified ⁇ , .anti trypsin using the double criteria of: a) ability to bind trypsin; and b) ability to bind antibodies to human AAT.
- An Immunon IV 96-well plate was coated with 50 ⁇ L/well bovine trypsin at 50 ⁇ g/mL in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) overnight at room temperature, or 2 h at 37°C. After washing with PBS, the wells were blocked with 50 ⁇ L PBS containing 0.25 g BSA, 50 ⁇ L Tween-20, and 1 mL 20% sodium azide per 100 mL, and rewashed.
- PBS phosphate-buffered saline
- Results of this experiment are shown in Figure 15. Levels of AAT detected were -2.5 fold higher after 24 h when the AVE comprised a fusogenic peptide (open bars) compared with AVE without a fusogenic peptide (filled bars). At 48 h, the levels obtained using the fusogenic peptide were -6.4 times higher. AAT may also be detected on a cell-by-cell basis by histochemical staining using anti- AAT.
- Example 14 Delivery of an antisense oligonucleotide using AVE
- oligonucleotides complementary to human ⁇ i.antitrypsin were delivered to cultured cells in order to down-regulate AAT expression. This is of therapeutic interest for clinical conditions in which AAT is overexpressed.
- Cells used for this experiment were the human hepatocyte cell line HepG2, which has a constitutive level of AAT expression.
- a series of overlapping DNA oligonucleotides of 20-50 residues in length are prepared by standard oligonucleotide synthesis techniques.
- the oligonucleotides are complementary to the naturally occurring AAT encoding sequence, focusing on the 3' half.
- Model oligonucleotides are listed in Table 9:
- Target gene Approximate SEQ. Sequence corresponding ID NO; nucleotide nos. ⁇ antitrypsin 1240-1220 9 MAI I I I I I GG ⁇ lG ⁇ AI ICA ⁇ r antitrypsin 1120-1090 10 TTTCTCGTCGATGGTCAGCACAGCCTTATG
- RNA preparations of AVE were prepared, using compressed or uncompressed oligonucleotides.
- Antisense oligonucleotides were compressed using "Peptide A", having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:2, at a ratio of 1 :30 (w/w) peptide:DNA. Oligonucleotides were then encapsulated into AVE by adding the solution to a dried lipid film, as described in previous examples.
- oligonucleotides are synthesized inco ⁇ orating a CY3 dye molecule (Pharmacia) at the 5' end.
- AVE containing oligonucleotides labeled in this way are used to quantitate the delivery to HepG2 cells on an hourly basis by fluorescent microscopy.
- unlabeled oligonucleotides is delivered to the cells in the AVE, and the cells are used to prepare serum-free culture supernatant as in Example 13. The supernatant is assayed by ELISA for the level of AAT expression. Downwards modulation of AAT expression is expected, compared with untreated cells or cells treated with empty AAV. Effectiveness of various fusogenic components and liver cell specific targeting components are compared to optimize the composition of bifunctional AVE.
- Example 15 Delivery of small molecules using bifunctional AVE
- any substance of therapeutic interest may be delivered using the liposomes of this invention, providing: a) they can be encapsulated within the liposomes; and b) they are sufficiently lipid insoluble so as not to partition into the liposome membrane and thereby out ofthe liposome, but remain encapsulated.
- AVE comprising small molecules are modeled using propidium iodide, a 632 mol wt lipid-insoluble fluorescent marker. Encapsulation is performed by adding a solution of propidium iodide to a dried film of phosphoiipid and cholesterol, allowing the AVE to form. Unencapsulated propidium iodide is removed by gel filtration chromatography.
- the AVE formed in the presence of small molecules are generally smaller in diameter (100-200 nm) compared with those formed in the presence of polynucleotides several kb in size. Consequently, it is not necessary to down-size the AVE by extrusion, which may result in loss of some ofthe encapsulated material.
- Bifunctional AVE are prepared according to the methods described elsewhere in this disclosure.
- bifunctional AVE are prepared with encapsulated propidium iodide, N-[2-(3'(5'- hydroxyindole))ethyl]-6-(3-cholesteryloxy)-2,5-dioxohexylamine included in the lipid film as a lung-specific tissue targeting component, and a peptide comprising SEQ. ID NO: 7 inserted into the membrane by detergent softening as a fusogenic component.
- SEQ. ID NO: 7 a peptide comprising SEQ. ID NO: 7 inserted into the membrane by detergent softening as a fusogenic component.
- Block E. et al Effect of plasma membrane fluidity on serotonin transport by endothelial cells. Am. J. Physiol. 22:C672-C678, 1987. 7. Bongartz J. et al. Improved biological activity of antisense oligonucleotides conjugated to a fusogenic peptide. Nuc. Ac. Res. 22:4681-4688, 1994.
- EP 0036277 Papahadjopoulos et al. (liposome-protein complexes)
- U.S. 4,078,052 Papahadjopolos et al. (liposomes encapsulating DNA)
- U.S. 4,544,545 Ryan et al. (modified cholesterol)
Abstract
This invention provides artificial viral envelopes and other lipid vesicles that encapsulate therapeutic substances, such as expression vectors, targeted to mammalian cells. Polynucleotides may be packed into the envelopes by compressing them beforehand with a short peptide with a predominant positive charge. The compression step not only facilitates encapsulation, it also increases the number of vesicles containing nucleic acid, minimizes the amount of free nucleic acid, and may also increase the size and complexity of plasmids that can be encapsulated. The vesicles may be provided with a tissue targeting component that helps direct it towards certain tissue sites in an animal. The vesicles may also be provided with a fusogenic component that facilitates delivery of the therapeutic substance into the cell. The materials and reagents of this invention are effective, for example, in increasing expression of model proteins in both isolated cells and intact animals, and are expected to be useful for gene therapy.
Description
ENHANCED ARTIFICIAL VIRAL ENVELOPES FOR CELLULAR DELIVERY OF THERAPEUTIC SUBSTANCES
STATEMENT OF RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH
This invention was made in part during work supported by grants P50 HL19153, ROl HL 45151 and HL 43167 from the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
A number of important human diseases involve a perturbation in the normal level of gene expression. Certain genes are either underexpressed or overexpressed in the affected cells. There is a long-standing interest in developing a treatment modality capable of altering genetic expression levels. Many important genes have been cloned and sequenced, and expression systems that have been developed should allow them to play a therapeutic role once delivered inside the affected cells.
One ofthe key challenges in gene therapy is finding a means to deliver the polynucleotide expression vector inside the intended target cells. Transfection may be a routine matter in certain in vitro culture conditions, but it is considerably more difficult in a whole individual. Compositions may be diluted by endogenous substances, and degraded or eliminated before they have a chance to exert their pharmacological effect. They may also modify cells other than the intended target.
An effective delivery vehicle will therefore have several properties. At the very least, it should protect the polynucleotide from degradation long enough to arrive at the intended target intact, and have no substantial adverse effect on the subject. If the polynucleotide exerts its therapeutic effect inside the cell, then the delivery vehicle should also be capable of promoting entry ofthe polynucleotide across the cell membrane.
Ideally, the delivery vehicle will also have an ability to exert its effect on the target tissue in preference to unaffected tissues in the same individual.
A major research emphasis for gene delivery in recent years has been viral-based vectors based on such viruses as retroviruses, adenovirus, and adeno-associated viruses (Drumm et al., Rosenfeld et al., Muzyczka et al.). Viral vectors have several complications. First, a large amount of native virus sequence is provided, with the virus modified to be replication negative. There is always the risk of recombination with other infective agents with undesirable results. Second, each gene to be administered must be genetically engineered into the virus. Third, both retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors have low packaging efficiency, and there is a packaging limit on the size of heterologous polynucleotide sequence that can be included. Fourth, adenovirus vectors have been associated with a significant inflammatory response.
Because of these concerns, non- viral approaches to gene therapy are an emerging area of interest (reviewed, e.g., by Ledley, by Schofield et al., and by Chonn et al.). Gene therapy may be conducted by administering naked DNA, particularly for immunization purposes. DNA may be complexed with proteins that package them into certain structures. For example, the B. subtilis nucleoid-associated protein HPB12 compacts DNA into slightly curved rods (Schultz-Gahmen et al.), and a valine tripeptide condenses circular DNA into torus-shaped particles (Vengerov et al.). DNA may also be complexed with proteins that promote localization near the nucleus (reviewed by Dingwall et al. and Behr et al.).
In addition, the DNA may be associated with an additional component to assist it in binding or transcending the outer membrane ofthe intended target cell. Examples of such complexes are: a) a ligand-polylysine complex (Wilson et al.), in which the ligand is specifically recognized by a receptor such as the asialoglycoprotein receptor on hepatocytes, and facilitates binding to the target cell; b) an antibody-polylysine complex (Trubetskoy et al.), in which the antibody facilitates binding to a cell-surface antigen recognized by the antibody; and c) a complex in which the DNA is conjugated to a peptide such as hemagglutinin (Bongartz et al.) designed to destabilize the target cell membrane.
In any of these DNA-protein formulations, the DNA is not protected from the effects of enzymes and other solutes in the environment that may degrade the DNA before it reaches its destination.
Another non-viral approach is cationic liposomes, particularly liposomes comprising DC-cholesterol (Ledley). Positively charged liposomes are pre-formed, and then combined with the polynucleotide, which associates with the liposomes by charge- association. When the complex contacts the target cell wall, the positively charged liposome membrane facilitates entry ofthe polynucleotide into the cell without initiating endocytosis. The complex may optionally also comprise a polypeptide that may target the polynucleotide to the nucleus once inside the cell (see, e.g., Conary et al.; WO 95/34647). However, since the polynucleotide is associated with the outside ofthe liposomes, rather than being encapsulated within them, it is still at the mercy ofthe environment while en route to the target cell.
To both protect the polynucleotide and enhance its delivery, the polynucleotide can be encapsulated inside a liposome. Particularly suitable for encapsulation are liposomes with lipid membranes that are anionic or neutral in charge. The lipid envelope protects the polynucleotide during storage and after administration before contact with the target cell.
A number of publications describe a variety of methods for preparing liposomes of different structure and lipid composition. See, for example, Gregoriadis (1988 & 1993), Watwe et al., Vemuri et al., Elorza et al., and U.S. Patents 4,737,323 and 5,008,050. Preformed liposomes may then be filled with a therapeutic substance by dehydrating and rehydrating them in the presence ofthe substance (WO 95/12387); forming a liposome film and then presenting an aqueous mixture ofthe substance (U.S. Patent 4,515,736); or treating them with a bile-acid detergent to render them permeable to the substance (EP Patent 0274581). Placing a therapeutic substance in a liposome may in itself enhance targeting to specific locations in the body, such as tumors (U.S. Patent 5,019,369).
However, providing a polynucleotide in a liposome encapsulated form suitable for therapeutic use has a number of special challenges. These include: a) sufficient incoφoration of polynucleotide into liposomes of suitable composition; b) evasion ofthe reticulo-endothelial system when used in vivo long enough to reach the intended location;
c) delivery ofthe therapeutic contents into the target cell; d) therapeutic availability of the polynucleotide once delivered.
Many ofthe methods for filling a pre-formed liposome with a therapeutic substance are generally unsuitable for use with polynucleotides, because the polynucleotides are typically large and highly charged. Usually, polynucleotides are placed into liposomes by forming or reconstituting the liposome in the presence ofthe polynucleotide. This considerably affects the liposome preparation methods that can be used, and the characteristics ofthe liposomes that emerge. Methods of encapsulating polynucleotides or oligonucleotides in liposomes is described, e.g., in U.S. Patent 4,078,052, WO 92/06192, and by Baru et al. and Thierry et al. Prior art methods have been limited by the size ofthe liposome relative to that ofthe polynucleotide. Liposomes encapsulating polynucleotide expression systems (such as bacterial plasmids) are typically quite large. For example, those described in U.S. 4,078,052 are about 1000 nm; those described in Thierry et al. are up to 3000 nm in diameter. In order for liposomes administered in vivo to reach the intended therapeutic location, they must first avoid uptake by the reticulo-endothelial system; particularly cells such as Kupffer cells that have direct contact with circulating particles. Larger liposomes are especially susceptible to uptake. Liposomes of particular composition apparently evade the RES and have prolonged circulation time: for a general review, see Oko et al. Particularly effective lipid compositions are those with a large proportion of sphingomyelin and cholesterol (WO 95/35094), or a combination of sphingomyelin and phosphatidylinositol (U.S. Patent 4,920,016). Liposomes with prolonged circulation time also include those that comprise the monosialoganglioside GM1 (Mumtaz et al.), glucuronide, or polyethylene glycol (Allen). Such compositions are sometimes referred to as "stealth liposomes". Alternatively, the RES system may be pre-blocked by a first administration of empty liposomes, which is then followed by a second administration of liposomes encapsulating the therapeutic compound (U.S. Patent 5,435,989).
Once the liposome has reached the intended location, the liposome must then deliver its payload across the membrane into the interior ofthe cell. Unlike their positively-charged counterparts, anionic liposomes do not necessarily have the ability to disrupt the cell membrane. Anionic liposomes (when they are taken up by the cell at all)
typically enter via an endocytic pathway. This in itself does not succeed in delivering the payload to the cytoplasm, since endocytic compartments are topologically equivalent to the outside ofthe cell. Liposomes remaining in endocytic compartments or delivered to lysosomes may therefore be therapeutically ineffective. Instead, the liposome should fuse with the membrane, either on the outside ofthe cell or in an endocytic compartment, in order to reach full effectiveness.
Lipid assymetry can make vesicles fusion-competent by inhibition of thermal undulations (Devaux et al.) Considerable progress towards therapeutically effective anionic liposomes occurred upon the invention of artificial viral envelopes (AVE; U.S. Patent 5,252,348). These are liposomes made to resemble the bilayer composition of viral envelopes, such as the HIV envelope. AVE with a unilamellar bilayer comprising a phospholipidxholesterol molar ratio of about 0.8:1.2 are inherently fusogenic.
Liposomes may also be provided with molecules at the surface that help them find or treat the cell of interest. Small molecules may be attached by incorporating into the lipid bilayer a functionalized phosphoiipid (U.S. Patent 5,052,421) or a functionalized cholesterol (U.S. Patent 4,544,545). Polypeptides may be attached covalently to the lipid bilayer (EP Patent 0036277), to a glycophospholipid (U.S. Patent 5,374,548), to a carboxylated phosphoiipid (U.S. Patent 4,762,915), to a derivatized sterol (U.S. Patent 5,000,960), or to a peptide anchor (U.S. Patent 5,109,113). Alternatively, if the polypeptide comprises a hydrophobic domain, it may be incoφorated directly into the lipid bilayer, either by forming the liposome in its presence, or by preforming the liposome and inserting the polypeptide subsequently using a suitable detergent (Tranum- Jensen et al., EP Patent 0047480, U.S. Patent 5,252,348).
Liposomes have been prepared with mammalian-derived peptides such as cytokines (U.S. Patent 5,258,49), transferrin (Stavridis et al.), antibody (Laukkanen et al.), asialofetuin and other galactose-terminated side chains (Ishihara; Ghosh et al.), a fusogenic protein from rat brain microsomal membranes (Rakowska et al.), and surfactant protein A (Walther et al.). Liposomes have been prepared with artificial peptides, such as a 14-residue amphipathic sequence which is a fusogenic GALA-type peptide (Puyal et al.). Liposomes have also been prepared with viral components: for example, the F and G glycoprotein of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) (U.S. Patent 5,252,348), reovirus M.
cell attachment protein (Rubas et al.), influenza virus surface protein (WO 92/19267, EP 0047480, Nussbaum et al.), viral membrane fusion proteins, particularly hemagglutinin (WO 95/32706), and the influenza hemagglutinin D loop and K loop peptides (Friede et al.). Although some useful progress has been made, previous disclosures still do not provide all the desirable attributes of a therapeutic composition together in a single liposome.
For example, one long-recognized problem is that liposomes are difficult to pack efficiently with polynucleotides (Fraley et al. 1980 & 1981). Even when packaging is accomplished, the number of liposomes containing a polynucleotide is low, which decreases the effectiveness ofthe preparation. As a consequence ofthe low packing rate, a large proportion ofthe polynucleotide supplied for the process is wasted. The size and plurality of polynucleotide inside each liposome is necessarily constrained, which limits the range of therapeutic compositions that can be prepared. The lipid envelopes that do encapsulate a polynucleotide are typically so large that they are easily captured by the reticuloendothelial system, and are consequently unsuitable for systemic administration. Another problem is that encapsulated polynucleotides have not been targeted with adequate efficiency to particular cell types of interest, such as those in the lung.
The packing problem is solved in this invention by providing compounds and methods for compressing the polynucleotide. Once compressed, the polynucleotide is easily encapsulated into a small-diameter liposome. Strategies presented in this disclosure are particularly suited for targeted delivery of many classes of therapeutic substances to particular cell types.
SUMMARY OF THR INVENTION
This invention provides reagents and methods that can be used to compress polynucleotides to a suitable radius for encapsulation in neutral and anionic liposomes. It has been discovered that small peptides with a predominant positive charge, particularly due to lysine side chains, considerably reduce the average radius of DNA when analyzed by electron microscopy. As a result, polynucleotides are much more readily encapsulated
in to liposomes. It has also been discovered that liposomes pre-formed with compressed polynucleotides inside can subsequently be inserted with tissue targeting and fusogenic components, and that these components work in concert to promote delivery ofthe polynucleotide into the cell. After delivery, the polynucleotide is unpackaged and decompressed, and can thereafter modulate the expression of an encoded protein.
An important benefit of this invention is that the proportion of liposomes in a given preparation that encapsulate a polynucleotide is higher than what was previously possible. This technique has been used to encapsulate nucleotides of up to about 8,000 base pairs into liposomes of 250-1000 nm. Compared with the encapsulation of uncompressed polynucleotides in like-sized liposomes, compression increases the uptake into the liposomes from about 24% to about 64%. In addition, the number of liposomes containing genetic material increases from about 31% to about 73%. Thus: a) precious polynucleotides may be more efficiently encapsulated; b) more polynucleotide is present per liposome, meaning that less liposome need be given per dose, increasing the therapeutic potential; c) potentially, larger polynucleotides containing more genes and controlling elements, and more complex polynucleotide mixtures can be encapsulated than before. It is predicted that the maximum size of a nucleic acid in this type of composition for use in gene therapy will be limited not by the effectiveness ofthe compression or the size ofthe liposome, but by the practical limit size of a functioning plasmid, which is ofthe order of 12,000 base pairs.
Another important benefit of this invention is the efficiency by which the material encapsulated by a liposome can be delivered to a target cell. By providing the liposome with a tissue targeting component, it accumulates in the vicinity ofthe target. By providing the liposome with a fusogenic polypeptide, the rate of fusion with the target cell membrane is enhanced. The effect is synergistic. Compared with unmodified liposomes, those containing a fusogenic component show about 2.5 x higher elevation in expression ofthe encapsulated polynucleotide. Those containing both fusogenic and tissue targeting components show about 8 x higher elevation in expression.
Particular embodiments of this invention include a liposome comprising a synthetic lipid vesicle and a compressed polynucleotide encapsulated by the vesicle.
Preferred vesicles are essentially unilamellar, between about 100 nm and 1000 nm in size,
and have a cholesterol :phospholipid molar ratio between about 0.5 and 1.2. The polynucleotide is preferably compressed with a polypeptide comprising a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% ofthe amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7. The liposome also preferably comprises a tissue targeting component, specific for lung endothelial cells or another cell type.
Other embodiments of this invention are liposomes with serotonin on the outer surface. The serotonin acts as a tissue targeting component for lung endothelial cells. The liposomes may encapsulate any material, including polynucleotides (particularly a compressed polynucleotides), peptides, drugs, and toxins. Further embodiments of this invention are bifunctional liposomes, comprising a synthetic lipid vesicle, a tissue targeting component, and a fusogenic component, wherein the tissue targeting component and the fusogenic component do not naturally occur together on a single molecule or a single viral particle. The two components may be independently anchored in the lipid bilayer, present together as a fusion protein, or the tissue targeting component may be on the surface while the fusogenic component is encapsulated. Preferred fusogenic components are modeled on fragments of the influenza hemagglutinin peptide, particularly those having the sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:7.
Preferred bifunctional liposomes are obtainable by one ofthe following processes: 1. Encapsulating the polynucleotide in the lipid vesicle; contacting the lipid vesicle with the tissue targeting component and with the fusogenic component in any order in the presence of a detergent; and removing the detergent. 2. Encapsulating the polynucleotide in a lipid vesicle comprising a phosphoiipid or sterol to which the tissue targeting component is covalently attached; contacting the lipid vesicle with the tissue targeting component in the presence of a detergent; and removing the detergent. 3. Encapsulating the fusogenic component and the polynucleotide in a lipid vesicle comprising a phosphoiipid or sterol to which the tissue targeting component is covalently attached; contacting the lipid vesicle with the fusogenic component in the presence of a detergent; and removing the detergent. Bifunctional liposomes prepared by other methods are contemplated and included in the invention. Yet another embodiment is a method of compressing a polynucleotide, comprising the step of contacting the polynucleotide with a positively charged polypeptide, preferably
comprising a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% ofthe amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7. Preferably at least about half of the amino acids in the comprised sequence are lysine.
Another embodiment of this invention is a method of delivering a polynucleotide to a cell, comprising contacting the cell with a liposome of this invention. Another embodiment is a method for up- or down-regulating expression of a protein by a cell, comprising contacting the cell with a liposome of this invention comprising a compressed polynucleotide comprising an encoding or antisense sequence. Further embodiments are methods for delivering a substance to a cell in an individual, comprising administering the substance encapsulated in a liposome of this invention. Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of gene therapy are also embodied in the invention.
These and additional embodiments ofthe invention are outlined in the description that follows.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1 is a half-tone reproduction of transmission electron micrographs, showing identical plasmids, first before and then after addition of a compressing peptide. The plasmid comprised an expressible polynucleotide sequence and was approximately 8 kilobases in size. The compressing peptide was about 12 amino acids in length, having the sequence of SEQ. ID NO:2. The magnification in the Right Panel is about 2.5 times that in the Left Panel.
Figure 2 is a half-tone reproduction of transmission electron micrographs, showing plasmids identical to those in Figure 1 , compressed with polylysine or histone protein.
Figure 3 is a half-tone reproduction of a gel stained with ethidium bromide, showing that the electrophoretic mobility of a plasmid is altered after addition ofthe compressing peptide.
Figure 4 is a series of graphs obtained from FACS analysis, showing the percentage of liposomes containing fluorescent DNA. Fig. 4a is the analysis of
empty liposomes; Fig. 4b is the analysis of liposomes containing uncompressed DNA; the Fig. 4c is the analysis of liposomes containing compressed DNA.
Figure 5 is a half-tone reproduction of fluorescence micrographs, showing the location of fluorescent DNA in transfected cells. The DNA was prepared in the absence or presence of a nuclear targeting signal.
Figure 6 is a graph showing the level of expression ofthe CAT reporter gene transfected cells. The plasmid used for transfection was prepared with increasing amounts of a nuclear targeting signal.
Figure 7 is a graph showing the degree of tissue staining due to aerosol administration of live animals with liposome-encapsulated compressed CAT reporter gene (hatched bars) or empty liposomes (solid bars).
Figure 8 is a half-tone reproduction of lung staining due to intravenous administration of live animals with liposome-encapsulated PAP gene or empty liposomes. Neither the plasmid nor control-treated animals showed significant staining in the lung. Figure 9 is a half-tone reproduction of kidney staining in the same animals. PAP staining is present in sections from the gene transfected animal but not the control.
Figure 10 is a half-tone reproduction of lung and kidney staining in an animal intravenously administered with liposome-encapsulated PAP gene. In this case, the liposomes also comprised serotonin, a tissue targeting component that was specific for lung endothelial cells. Significant staining was observed both in the lung and the kidney.
Figure 11 is a bar graph showing that artificial viral envelopes (AVE) are stable in pH (open bars) and diameter (solid bars) during extended storage refrigerated or at room temperature.
Figure 12 is a scheme for the preparation of serotonin conjugated to cholesterol, which can be incoφorated into liposomes for targeting to the lung.
Figure 13 is bar graph showing that the level of expression ofthe marker gene PAP is enhanced in the lungs of treated animals when PAP is delivered with AVE comprising a fusogenic component (stippled bars). The level of expression is enhanced over 8-fold when delivered with bifunctional AVE, comprising both a fusogenic component and the lung-specific tissue targeting component serotonin.
Figure 14 is four photomicrographs taken under phase-contrast and fluorescence illumination, showing that an αj-antitrypsin expression vector delivered using AVE accumulates near the nucleus of treated cells.
Figure 15 is a bar graph showing that α^-antitrypsin is secreted by treated cells when the expression vector is delivered using an AVE with a fusogenic component.
Figure 16 is a series photomicrographs showing cells containing fluorescently labeled antisense oligonucleotides compressed with a positively charged polypeptide and delivered in an AVE.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
It is an object of this invention to provide improved compositions and methods for delivering a therapeutic agent, particularly a polynucleotide. The therapeutic agent is enveloped in a lipid vesicle which has an enhanced ability to deliver its encapsulated material to a cell or region of therapeutic interest.
Where the therapeutic agent is a polynucleotide, small synthetic peptides are used to compress it into a three-dimensional conformation with a smaller average radius, and also partly neutralize the charge. This permits the polynucleotide to be more readily encapsulated into a liposome, which in turn is capable of promoting translocation ofthe polynucleotide across the outer membrane of a target cell.
The liposome compositions of this invention may optionally comprise a molecule such as a member of a receptor-ligand pair that is accessible from the outside ofthe lipid envelope, and acts as a tissue targeting component. This enhances the ability ofthe liposome to localize near certain target cells when used in vitro, or at certain tissue sites when admimstered to a mammal, due to an affinity for the other member ofthe receptor- ligand pair. Various types of tissue targeting components are described in this enclosure, including the novel lung-specific targeting molecule serotonin.
Alternatively or in addition, the liposome compositions may optionally comprise a fusogenic component. This is a peptide attached to or embedded in the lipid envelope and promotes the ability ofthe liposome to deliver its encapsulated material into the target cell.
Liposome compositions of this invention may also optionally comprise a polypeptide attached to the polynucleotide being delivered, whereby the polynucleotide, once inside the cell, is directed towards certain regions ofthe cell, such as the nucleus. The intracellular targeting component may be part ofthe same polypeptide which is used to compress the polynucleotide before its encapsulation.
Liposomes prepared according to this method may be used whenever it is desirable to provide therapeutic compounds to a cell, such as for antisense or gene therapy. They may be employed for treatment of either isolated cells or intact animals, particularly humans, that are in need of such therapy. Accordingly, this invention also embodies liposomes in pharmaceutical compositions, and their use.
This invention fulfills a long-felt need by solving many ofthe problems described earlier for the previously known compositions. The invention represents a significant advancement over prior art liposome compositions and gene delivery mechanisms for the following reasons: 1. The lipid vesicles are particularly suitable for use in biological systems. They protect their therapeutic contents from the environment until delivery to the target cell. Any therapeutic compound capable of envelopment in the vesicles may be delivered, from a large gene vector to a chemical hapten. While the compositions may comprise compression, targeting and fusogenic components, these need only be present in the amount required for activity.
No potentially immunogenic structural proteins are present, as they are in viral packages. 2. By compressing a polynucleotide by combining with positively charged polypeptides, they can be encapsulated within liposomes at a previously unpredictable efficiency, and a suφrisingly high density. Vesicles may be packed with large therapeutically useful expression vectors, then sized by extrusion down to a diameter as small as 100-300 nm without losing the polynucleotide. Small vesicles are particularly useful in avoiding uptake by the reticuloendothelial system in vivo, increasing their circulation time and enhancing uptake by the target tissue.
3. Vesicles containing compressed polynucleotides are remarkably resistant to subsequent manipulation. In particular, they may be inserted with outward- oriented proteins, such as fusogenic or tissue targeting components, by mild detergent treatment. The detergent treatment does not result in release ofthe compressed polynucleotide. As a result, the proteins are functionally accessible at the vesicle surface, and do not occupy space inside the vesicle where they might interfere with the polynucleotide.
4. Before this invention was made, it was not predictable that vesicles containing a compressed polynucleotide, including those of small diameter or with a rigid structure, would be able to effectively display a tissue targeting molecule, thereby enhancing their accumulation at the target cell. In addition, it was not previously predictable that vesicles, having reached the surface ofthe target cell, would be capable of delivering their encapsulated material inside the cell. This disclosure shows that delivery to the target is considerably enhanced by a functionally accessible tissue targeting component. This even includes haptens that target to cell surface receptors like the serotonin receptor.
5. Before this invention was made, it was not predictable that a compressed polynucleotide, once delivered to a target cell, could subsequently be unpackaged and decompressed. The association between the polynucleotide and the compression peptides are strong enough to maintain the polynucleotide in the compressed form throughout encapsulation. However, it was found that once they are delivered to the cell, compressed expression vectors are efficiently used to express the proteins they encode. This indicates that the peptides dissociate from the polynucleotide inside the cell, allowing the polynucleotide to unfold and participate in the normal process of transcription.
6. Bifunctional liposomes, comprising both fusogenic and tissue targeting components, are remarkably efficient in delivering their encapsulated material to a target cell. Previously described viral particles like influenza have proteins that enhance cell surface binding and membrane fusion. These proteins have deliberately evolved and are oriented so as to work together to
enhance infectivity ofthe particle. The present disclosure shows that fusogenic and tissue targeting components that are: a) from completely different sources, and b) inserted into the viral envelope artificially, may nonetheless work together on the surface of an artificial lipid envelope. The ability of these components to work in concert results in an 8-fold improvement in delivery and expression ofthe encapsulated polynucleotide.
Definitions
As used herein, a "liposome" "lipid envelope" or "lipid vesicle" is a small vesicle bounded by at least one and possibly more than one bilayer lipid membrane. It is made artificially from phospholipids, glycolipids, steroids such as cholesterol, related molecules, or a combination thereof by any technique known in the art, included but not limited to sonication, extrusion, or removal of detergent from lipid-detergent complexes. A liposome may optionally contain within the lipid membrane an additional element, such as a nucleic acid, a polypeptide, or a drug, that it may be desirable to deliver to a target cell. A liposome may also optionally comprise additional components associated with the outer surface, such as a tissue targeting component. A "synthetic" lipid vesicle refers to a vesicle assembled from lipids and other components rather than being extracted directly from viruses or cells, although their composition may be modeled on virus or cell membranes.
It is understood that a "lipid membrane" or "lipid bilayer" need not consist exclusively of lipids, but may additionally contain any percentage of other components, included but not limited to cholesterol and other steroids, proteins of any length, and other amphipathic molecules, providing the general structure ofthe membrane is a sheet of two hydrophilic surfaces sandwiching a hydrophobic core. For a general discussion of membrane structure, see "The Encyclopedia of Molecular Biology" by J. Kendrew (1994).
As used herein, the terms "artificial viral envelope" and "AVE" indicate a liposome that bears a lipid or lipid/cholesterol composition not derived from but resembling that of a naturally occurring virus or viral particle. AVE generally comprise at
least two and preferably at least three phospholipids and a sterol, usually cholesterol or a cholesterol derivative. Preferred AVE are rigid, stable structures with a unilamellar lipid envelope. The cholesterol :phospholipid molar ratio is usually at least about 0.2:1 to 2.0:1, preferably about 0.5:1 to 1.2:1, more preferably about 0.8:1 to 1.2: 1, and even more preferably about 1 :1. AVE of this invention also comprise a tissue targeting component functionally accessible from the outside.
A liposome or AVE is said to "encapsulate" an additional component, such as a polynucleotide, a peptide, or a drug, if the lipid bilayer separates the additional component from the external environment. This may be tested, for example, by determining whether the liposome is capable of protecting the component from an externally provided reagent which is effective against the component but not against the bilayer. For example, an encapsulated DNA will be protected from digestion by exogenously added DNAse; an encapsulated RNA will be protected from exogenously added RNAse; an encapsulated peptide will be protected from binding by an exogenously added antibody directed against it. It is understood that the liposome may still be permeable to certain lipid-soluble peptides, chemicals and drugs, and that the encapsulated component will still be susceptible to such compounds, or to other compounds should the integrity ofthe lipid membrane be compromised.
The "payload" or "encapsulated material" of a liposome refers to material encapsulated by the liposome according to the preceding definition. Encapsulated material used in the liposomes of this invention may be an agent, substance, compound, or mixture, useful for any other purpose including but not limited to treatment, diagnosis, experimentation, or to act as a control. No limitation is implied when an embodiment is illustrated with one of these terms, unless explicitly required. Preferably the material is "deliverable" to the interior ofthe target cell by the liposome. The ability of a liposome to deliver material may be measured, for example, by labeling the material with a fluorescent marker, or (if the material is an expression vector) by measuring expression of the encoded protein by the treated cell.
"Targeting" is the process by which a compound or complex is permitted to accumulate in a particular locale in greater preference over other locales than would otherwise be the case. This may be accomplished by providing the compound or complex
with a component, called a "targeting component" which promotes accumulation in an area near the target. Accumulation near the target may be promoted, for instance, via specific transport towards the target, or specific retention in the neighborhood ofthe target. A cell to which it is desired that a liposome localize or deliver its contents is described as a "target cell".
A "tissue targeting component" is a component of a complex, particularly an AVE or other liposome, that enhances its accumulation at certain tissue sites in preference to others when administered to an intact animal, artificial organ, or cell culture. A tissue targeting component is generally accessible from outside the liposome, and is therefore generally either bound to the outer surface or inserted into the outer lipid bilayer. A tissue targeting component may be inter alia a peptide, a region of a larger peptide, an antibody, a nucleic acid, a carbohydrate, a region of a complex carbohydrate, a special lipid, or a small molecule such as a drug, hormone, or hapten, attached to any ofthe aforementioned molecules. A "fusogenic" peptide or component is a peptide or component that enhances the ability of an agent to fuse with a cell membrane, including but not limited to the outer cell membrane and membranes in the endocytic pathway, including those of endosomes and lysosomes. A fusogenic peptide attached to or contained in a liposome enhances the ability ofthe liposome to deliver its encapsulated material once it has reached a target cell. The term includes any delivery method, including but not limited to fusion ofthe lipid envelope with the outer membrane ofthe cell, or fusion ofthe lipid envelope with the membrane of an endosomal compartment subsequent to endocytosis ofthe liposome into the cell.
A tissue targeting component or fusogenic component is said to be "inserted" into a liposome if it is attached to the liposome in a way that permits it to exercise its targeting or fusogenic function. Generally, this implies that the component is anchored into or grafted onto the membrane, but is still at least partly accessible from outside the external surface.
A tissue targeting component is said to be "functionally accessible" from outside a liposome if it confers a targeting ability upon the liposome when tested either in vivo or
with isolated cells, or if it confers upon the liposome the ability to bind a soluble receptor or antibody against the component.
An "intracellular targeting component" is a component of a complex, particularly comprising a polynucleotide, that enhances its accumulation at certain subcellular sites in preference to others when administered cells in culture or in an intact animal. Exemplary intracellular targeting components embodied in this invention are small peptides, small regions of a larger peptide, or protein complexes. Two examples of intracellular targeting components are nuclear localization signals (NLS) and mitochondria localization signals (MLS). The term "polynucleotide" refers to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, or analogs thereof. A polynucleotide is an example of a nucleic acid. Polynucleotides may have any three-dimensional structure, and may perform any function, known or unknown. The following are non-limiting examples of polynucleotides: a gene or gene fragment, exons, introns, messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA, ribosomal RNA, ribozymes, cDNA, recombinant polynucleotides, branched polynucleotides, plasmids, vectors, isolated DNA of any sequence, isolated RNA of any sequence, nucleic acid probes, and primers. A polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and nucleotide analogs. If present, modifications to the nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after assembly ofthe polymer. The sequence of nucleotides may be interrupted by non-nucleotide components. A polynucleotide may be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component.
The term polynucleotide, as used herein, refers interchangeably to double- and single-stranded molecules. Unless otherwise specified or required, any embodiment of the invention described herein that is a polynucleotide encompasses both the double-stranded form and each of two complementary single-stranded forms known or predicted to make up the double-stranded form.
In the context of polynucleotides, a "linear sequence" or a "sequence" is an order of nucleotides in a polynucleotide in a 5' to 3' direction in which residues that neighbor each other in the sequence are contiguous in the primary structure ofthe polynucleotide.
A "partial sequence" is a linear sequence of part of a polynucleotide which is known to comprise additional residues in one or both directions.
An "expressible" gene is a polynucleotide with an encoding sequence, which is capable of producing the functional form ofthe encoded molecule in a particular cell. For a sequence encoding a polypeptide, the gene is capable of being transcribed and translated. For an anti-sense molecule, the gene is capable of producing replicate transcripts comprising anti-sense sequence. For a sequence encoding a ribozyme, the gene is capable of producing catalytic RNA.
"Recombinant", as applied to a polynucleotide, means that the polynucleotide is the product of various combinations of cloning, restriction or ligation steps, and other procedures that result in a construct that is distinct from a polynucleotide found in nature. A recombinant virus is a viral particle comprising a recombinant polynucleotide. The terms respectively include replicates ofthe original polynucleotide construct and progeny ofthe original virus construct. A "compressed", "collapsed", or "compacted" polynucleotide is a polynucleotide that has been modified so as to reduce its average three-dimensional radius in a solution of interest, such as physiologically buffered solutions. A preferred means of compressing a polynucleotide in this invention is through association with a "compressing" polypeptide, which is a polypeptide or region of a larger polypeptide capable of effecting the compression by association with the polynucleotide. The compressed polynucleotide may continue to be associated with the compressing polypeptide, but this is not necessary if the polynucleotide remains in the compressed form. For example, if a polynucleotide is compressed with a polypeptide, then encapsulated in a liposome that prevents it from expanding to its original radius, the polynucleotide is still said to be compressed regardless of whether the polypeptide is still part of the complex.
A "control element" or "control sequence" is a nucleotide sequence involved in an interaction of molecules that contributes to the functional regulation of a polynucleotide, including replication, duplication, transcription, splicing, translation, or degradation of the polynucleotide. The regulation may affect the frequency, speed, or specificity ofthe process, and may be enhancing or inhibitory in nature. Control elements are known in the art. For example, a promoter and an enhancer are two examples of control elements. A
promoter is a DNA region capable under certain conditions of binding RNA polymerase and initiating transcription of a coding region usually located downstream (in the 3' direction) from the promoter.
"Operatively linked" refers to a juxtaposition of genetic elements, wherein the elements are in a relationship permitting them to operate in the expected manner. For instance, a promoter is operatively linked to a coding region if the promoter helps initiate transcription ofthe coding sequence. There may be intervening residues between the promoter and coding region so long as this functional relationship is maintained. An "expression vector" is a vector comprising a region which encodes a polypeptide of interest, and is used for effecting the expression ofthe protein in an intended target cell. An expression vector also comprises control elements operatively linked to the encoding region to facilitate expression ofthe protein in the target.
"Heterologous" means derived from a genotypically distinct entity from that ofthe rest ofthe entity to which it is being compared. For example, a polynucleotide introduced by genetic engineering techniques into a plasmid or vector derived from a different species is a heterologous polynucleotide. A promoter removed from its native coding sequence and operatively linked to a coding sequence with which it is not naturally found linked is a heterologous promoter.
"Genetic alteration" refers to a process wherein a genetic element is introduced into a cell other than by mitosis or meiosis. The element may be heterologous to the cell, or it may be an additional copy or improved version of an element already present in the cell. Genetic alteration may be effected, for example, by transfecting a cell with a recombinant plasmid or other polynucleotide through any process known in the art, such as electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation, or contacting with a polynucleotide- liposome complex. Genetic alteration may also be effected, for example, by transduction or infection with a DNA or RNA virus or viral vector.
A cell is said to be "inheritably altered" if a genetic alteration is introduced which is inheritable by progeny ofthe altered cell. Preferably, the genetic element is introduced into a chromosome or mini-chromosome in the cell; but any alteration that changes the phenotype and/or genotype ofthe cell and its progeny is included in this term.
The terms "polypeptide", "peptide" and "protein" are used interchangeably herein to refer to polymers of amino acids of any length. The polymer may be linear or branched, it may comprise modified amino acids, and it may be interrupted by non-amino acids. The terms also encompass an amino acid polymer that has been modified; for example, disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation, such as conjugation with a labeling component.
In the context of polypeptides, a "linear sequence" or a "sequence" is an order of amino acids in a polypeptide in an N-terminal to C-terminal direction in which residues that neighbor each other in the sequence are contiguous in the primary structure of the polypeptide. A "partial sequence" is a linear sequence of part of a polypeptide which is known to comprise additional residues in one or both directions.
A linear sequence of amino acids is "essentially identical" to another sequence if the two sequences have a substantial degree of sequence identity. It is understood that the folding and the biochemical function of proteins can accommodate insertions, deletions, and substitutions in the amino acid sequence. Thus, linear sequences of amino acids can be essentially identical even if some ofthe residues do not precisely correspond or align. Sequences that correspond or align more closely to the invention disclosed herein are more preferred. It is also understood that some amino acid substitutions are more easily tolerated. For example, substitution of an amino acid with hydrophobic side chains, aromatic side chains, polar side chains, side chains with a positive or negative charge, or side chains comprising two or fewer carbon atoms, by another amino acid with a side chain of like properties can occur without disturbing the essential identity ofthe two sequences. Methods for determining homologous regions and scoring the degree of homology are well known in the art; see for example Altschul et al. (1986) Bull. Math.
Bio. 48:603-616; and Henikoff et al. (1992), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915-10919. Well-tolerated sequence differences are referred to as "conservative substitutions". Thus, sequences with conservative substitutions are preferred over those with other substitutions in the same positions; sequences with identical residues at the same positions are still more preferred. Protein "expression" refers to the amount of protein present in a cell or secreted by a cell. It may be increased, for example, by increasing the rate of translation
of mRNA encoding the protein, which in turn may be accomplished by increasing the rate of transcription ofthe corresponding gene or increasing the persistence ofthe RNA. Protein expression may be decreased, for example, by decreasing the rate of translation of the mRNA encoding the protein, which in turn may be accomplished by decreasing the rate of transcription ofthe corresponding gene or decreasing the availability ofthe RNA to the ribosomal apparatus capable of translating it.
A "fusion polypeptide" is a polypeptide comprising regions in a different position in the sequence than occurs in nature. The regions may normally exist in separate proteins and are brought together in the fusion polypeptide; or they may normally exist in the same protein but are placed in a new arrangement in the fusion polypeptide. A fusion polypeptide may be created, for example, by chemical synthesis, or by creating and translating a polynucleotide in which the peptide regions are encoded in the desired relationship.
An "antibody" (interchangeably used in plural form) is an immunoglobulin molecule capable of specific binding to a target, such as a polypeptide, through at least one antigen recognition site, located in the variable region ofthe immunoglobulin molecule. As used herein, the term encompasses not only intact antibodies, but also fragments thereof, mutants thereof, fusion proteins, humanized antibodies, and any other modified configuration ofthe immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen recognition site ofthe required specificity.
An "immunogenic" compound is a compound capable of stimulating production of an antibody when injected into a suitable host, usually a mammal. Immunogenic compounds include certain proteins, complex carbohydrates, complex lipids, polynucleotides, drugs, haptens, and other chemicals. Compounds which are identical to or closely mimic compounds that are part ofthe animal they are being administered to are generally not immunogenic, except in a disease condition or a state of immune hyper- responsiveness.
A substance is said to be "selective" or "specific" if it reacts or associates more frequently, more rapidly, or with greater duration with a particular cell or substance than it does with alternative cells or substances. For example, a liposome equipped with a targeting molecule may be "specific" for its intended target if the targeting molecule
causes the liposome to react with or accumulate in the neighborhood ofthe target to a greater extent than would otherwise occur.
"αrantitrypsin", "LDL receptor", "apolipoprotein", "Factor VIII", and other proteins, when discussed in the context of gene therapy and the compositions therefor, refer to the respective intact polypeptide, or any fragment or genetically engineered derivative thereof, that retains the desired biochemical function ofthe intact protein.
An "isolated" polynucleotide, polypeptide, or other substance refers to a preparation ofthe substance devoid of at least some ofthe other components that may also be present where the substance or a similar substance naturally occurs or is initially prepared from. Thus, for example, an isolated substance may be prepared by using a purification technique to enrich it from a source mixture. Enrichment can be measured on an absolute basis, such as weight per volume of solution, or it can be measured in relation to a second, potentially interfering substance present in the source mixture. Increasing enrichments ofthe embodiments of this invention are increasingly more preferred. Thus, for example, a 2-fold enrichment is preferred, 10-fold enrichment is more preferred, 100-fold enrichment is more preferred, 1000-fold enrichment is even more preferred.
An "individual" refers to vertebrates, particularly members of a mammalian species, and includes but is not limited to domestic animals, sports animals, and primates, including humans. An "effective amount" of a composition of this invention is an amount sufficient to obtain a beneficial or desired result, measured by an assay appropriate to monitor the effect of an active ingredient ofthe composition, or by clinical improvement. An effective amount may be given in single or divided doses.
"Treatment" of an individual or a cell is any type of intervention in an attempt to alter the natural course ofthe individual or cell at the time the treatment is initiated. For example, treatment of an individual may be undertaken to decrease or limit the pathology caused by any pathological condition, in.iuding (but not limited to) an inherited or induced genetic deficiency, infection by a viral, bacterial, or parasitic organism, a neoplastic or aplastic condition, or an immune system disfunction such as autoimmunity or immunosuppression. Treatment includes (but is not limited to) admimstration of a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, and administration of compatible
cells that have been treated with a composition. Treatment may be performed either prophylactically or therapeutically; that is, either prior or subsequent to the initiation of a pathologic event or contact with an etiologic agent.
General techniques
The practice ofthe present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology, microbiology, recombinant DNA, and immunology, which are within the skill ofthe art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. See, for example, "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", Second Edition (Sambrook, Fritsch & Maniatis, 1989), "Oligonucleotide Synthesis" (MJ. Gait, ed., 1984), "Animal Cell Culture" (R.I. Freshney, ed., 1987); the series "Methods in Enzymology" (Academic Press, Inc.); "Handbook of Experimental Immunology" (D.M. Weir & CC. Blackwell, eds.), "Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells" (J.M. Miller & M.P. Calos, eds., 1987), "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology" (F.M.
Ausubel et al., eds., 1987); and "Current Protocols in Immunology" (J.E. Coligan et al., eds., 1991).
All patents, patent applications, articles and publications mentioned herein, both supra and infra, are hereby incoφorated herein by reference.
Preparing polynucleotides
Polynucleotides and oligonucleotides for use with this invention may be prepared by any technique in the art. This includes isolation of polynucleotides from natural sources, gene libraries, or cDNA libraries, amplification of polynucleotide sequences by such techniques as the polymerase chain reaction, the cloning of polynucleotides or polynucleotide fragments from any of these methods, and any combination thereof.
Polynucleotides may also be prepared by chemical synthesis. Several methods of synthesis are known in the art, including the triester method and the phosphite method. In a preferred method, polynucleotides are prepared by solid-phase synthesis using mononucleoside phosphoramidite coupling units. A typical solid-phase synthesis involves reiterating four steps: deprotection, coupling, capping, and oxidation. This
results in the stepwise synthesis of an oligonucleotide in the 3' to 5' direction. See, for example, Hirose et al. (1978), Tetra. Lett. 19:2449-2452; Beaucage et al. (1981), Tetra. Lett 22:1859-1862; and U.S. Patent No. 4,415,732.
Where it is desired that the polynucleotide confer upon the target cell an ability to express an encoded polypeptide, the polynucleotide is provided in the form of an expression vector with transcription and translation sequences in a suitable orientation and appropriate for the target cell. Expression vectors generally are replicable polynucleotide constructs that encode a polypeptide operatively linked to suitable transcriptional and translational controlling elements. Examples of transcriptional controlling elements are promoters, enhancers, transcription initiation sites, and transcription termination sites. Examples of translational controlling elements are ribosome binding sites, translation initiation sites, and stop codons. Protein processing elements may also be included: for example, regions that encode leader or signal peptides and protease cleavage sites required for translocation ofthe polypeptide across the membrane or secretion from the cell. The elements employed would be functional in the host cell used for expression. The controlling elements may be derived from the same DNA polymerase gene used in the vector, or they may be heterologous (i.e., derived from other genes and/or other organisms), as long as they are effective to a desirable degree in the target cell.
Preparing polypeptides and antibodies
Polypeptides of this invention, including compressing peptides, tissue targeting components, and intracellular targeting components, may be prepared by any suitable method known in the art. These include isolation of peptides from natural sources, enzymatic cleavage of larger proteins, and expression of a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide in a suitable expression system, such as by operatively linking the coding strand to a suitable promoter, and transfecting into a suitable host cell. The host cell is then cultured under conditions that allow transcription and translation to occur, and the polypeptide is subsequently recovered.
Polypeptides may also be prepared directly from sequence data by chemical synthesis. Several methods of synthesis are known in the art. A preferred method is the solid-phase Merrifield technique. This may be accomplished in automatic peptide synthesizers, or by supplying the amino acid sequence data to a commercial organization equipped to perform this technique.
Antibodies to be used as targeting components may be prepared by isolating a molecule such as a surface protein from the intended target cell, and using it as an immunogen to raise antibodies. It is often preferable to enhance the immunogenicity of a polypeptide by such techniques as polymerization with glutaraldehyde, or combining with an adjuvant, such as Freund's adjuvant. The immunogen is injected into a suitable experimental animal. Sera harvested from the immunized animals provide a source of polyclonal antibodies. Alternatively, immune cells such as splenocytes can be recovered from the immunized animals and used to prepare a monoclonal antibody-producing cell line. See, for example, Harrow & Lane (1988), U.S. Patent Nos. 4,472,500 and. 4,444,887. Antibodies can be purified from sera, tissue culture supematants, and ascites fluids by such techniques known in the art, such as protein A chromatography, ammonium sulfate precipitation, ion exchange chromatography, high-performance liquid chromatography and immunoaffinity chromatography on a column ofthe immunizing polypeptide coupled to a solid support.
Choice of material for encapsulation
A variety of substances can be delivered using this invention. Suitable substances include but are not limited to: polynucleotide expression vectors, small oligonucleotides, proteins, and small drugs and toxins. Substances may be delivered for therapeutic puφoses, to alter a cell for experimental puφoses, or as a diagnostic aid, for example, in radioimaging.
Polynucleotide expression vectors can be used in the compositions of this invention, typically for the puφoses of gene therapy. Gene therapy may be conducted either in vivo or ex vivo. Expression vectors can be used to either increase or decrease the level of expression of a polynucleotide or polypeptide by a cell for a variety of
therapeutic puφoses. The design of expression vectors and their use in gene therapy is described in more detail in a later section.
Smaller oligonucleotides may be provided which have a more immediate and transient effect. One example is messenger RNA, comprising translation initiation and termination elements and an appropriate encoding region, for immediate translation within the target cell. Another example is antisense oligonucleotides that are capable of direct interference in transcription or translation of a particular gene. Antisense gene therapy, described in a later section, is preferable for prolonged down-regulation, whereas oligonucleotide antisense therapy is preferable for a more instantaneous effect. Antisense oligonucleotides are designed so as to form hybrid duplexes with the target polynucleotide inside the cell that are stable in the cell environment. The sequence can be selected so as to interact with a critical portion ofthe target, such as a region encoding a catalytic site. Generally, oligonucleotides are only long enough to form a duplex of sufficient specificity and stability, to increase the number of active molecules per gram of nucleic acid. Preferably, antisense oligonucleotides are about 15-100 bases in length, more preferably they are about 20-50 bases in length, and even more preferably they are about 20-30 bases in length. To improve the resistance ofthe oligonucleotides to enzymatic degradation and enhance their longevity, they may be synthesized with a non- naturally occurring backbone structure. Examples are methylphosphonate and phosphorotioate oligonucleotides.
Target genes for antisense oligonucleotide therapy of particular interest are oncogenes, and genes that encode cytokines, growth factors, enzymes producing lipid mediators, kinases, and viral enzymes. Particular examples are genes for lipopolysaccharide receptor, 5-lipooxygenase, prostaglandin G/H synthetase, proto- oncogenes, viral DNA and RNA polymerases, viral proteases, growth factors, tumor necrosis factor (TNF-α), interleukin- 1, interleukin-6, and platelet activating factor.
Lipid vesicles of this invention may also be used to deliver proteins for therapeutic puφoses. Particularly relevant are proteins and protein fragments that possess a binding or enzymatic activity capable of modulating a metabolic pathway within the cell. Examples include synthetic enzymes that participate in the pathways of gene transcription
or translation, or intracellular pathways that are regulated by activation or cell surface receptors.
Lipid vesicles of this invention may also be used to deliver small drugs or toxins. While many small drugs do not require a delivery vehicle, some do, particularly where it is desirable either to target delivery to a particular target organ or cell type, or alternatively to sequester the drug during transit to the target (either because of its fragility, or because it is too toxic for other tissues). In order for a small drug to be suitable for delivery in a lipid vesicle, it should have the property of being unable to partition through the lipid membrane after encapsulation until it reaches the target cell. Small molecules of particular interest for delivery with this invention are azidothymidine (AZT), Taxonol, nucleic acid analogs, ricin A, methotrexate, vincristine, and other chemotherapeutics used in cancer therapy.
Compressing the polynucleotide using a positively charged peptide sequence
Where the material encapsulated by a liposome of this invention is a polynucleotide or oligonucleotide, it is desirable to reduce its radius, thereby facilitating encapsulation. This is accomplished by associating the polynucleotide with a suitable peptide or peptide complex. The peptide has the property of being able to bind to a polynucleotide, thereafter either directly pulling together regions ofthe polynucleotide to reduce the overall average radius, or inducing a folding change in the polynucleotide with the same effect. If the peptide is small in relation to the polynucleotide, then a number of peptides may be involved in the association reaction in order to compress the polynucleotide. Different peptides are suitable for the compression reaction. For example, proteins involved in the packaging of nucleic acids may be suitable, including histone proteins and genome-associated proteins present in the core of different viruses.
Especially preferred are short artificial peptides or peptide fragments with a predominant positive charge. These are readily obtained and more effective in reducing the overall size of a polynucleotide than any naturally occurring intact protein tested. The positive charge permits the peptide to associate readily with the polynucleotide. The
positive charge may also play a role in permitting the compression to occur, since it partly neutralizes the predominant negative charge ofthe polynucleotide, thus allowing different regions ofthe strand to approach each other in three-dimensional space without the usual degree of electrostatic repulsion. The spacing of positive charges at intervals along the length ofthe compressing polypeptide may provide an overall avidity for the polynucleotide that is much higher than is possible for small ions, which in turn allows the formation of a more stable complex and a longer lived compression. In addition, the partial neutralization ofthe intrinsic charge on the polynucleotide is an advantage where the polynucleotide is to be encapsulated in a liposome with a partly anionic surface charge.
Compression has been achieved using synthetic polypeptides in which five lysine residues were present at the C-terminus, and believe that compression may be possible with as few as 3 consecutive lysines. Preferably, the compressing sequence is five consecutive lysine residues, or seven or more amino acids in length of which at least about 50% have a side chain that is positively charged at physiological pH (pH 7.0-8.0, especially pH 7.4). The natural amino acids lysine and arginine are examples of such positively charged amino acids. Other preferred examples are analogues of lysine that have a shorter or longer side chain with a titratable amino or imino group near the terminus. It is believer' that the compression is due largely to a charge effect, and that both D- and L- amino ds are suitable. Preferably, the sequence is at least 3 and less than about 100 amino acids in length, more preferably it is about 5 but no more than about 50 amino acids in length; more preferably, it is at least 7 but no more than about 30 amino acids in length; even more preferably, it is between 7 and about 20 amino acids in length. Preferably, at least about 50% ofthe amino acids in the sequence have a positively charged sequence at physiological pH; more preferably, at least about 65% of the amino acids in the sequence have a positive charge; more preferably, at least about 80% have a positive charge; even more preferably, essentially all of the amino acids in the sequence have a positive charge.
If the composition is to be used in intact animals, it is desirable to select a compressing polypeptide that is not immunogenic to the intended host. Immunogenicity may be predicted by comparison with other known amino acid sequences, particularly
those of host origin. It may be tested experimentally either in the intended host species or in an animal model by administering small quantities of the isolated peptide in the same manner as is intended for the liposome preparation. To avoid immunogenicity, small peptides are preferred, as are peptides that are identical to or mimic other peptides or peptide regions which are natural host components.
The sequence ofthe compressing region may be attached to another sequence of a larger peptide. The additional sequence may play a spacer role, or it may have an additional function, such as providing an intracellular targeting signal.
Preferred examples of compressing polypeptides are shown in Table 1 :
TABLE 1: Exemplary Polypeptide Sequences for Compressing Polynucleotides
Sequence SEQ. ID NO:
KKKKK K 1
PKKKR KVKKK KK 2
PKKKR KVLKK KKK 3
In some applications, it may be desirable to deliver the polynucleotide encapsulated in the liposome to a particular location in a cell. This may be achieved by complexing the polynucleotide with a peptide comprising an intracellular localization sequence. In preferred embodiments of this invention, a peptide is used in the preparation ofthe polynucleotide that comprises both the properties required for compression and a localization sequence. Nuclear localization sequences are described, for example, in Dingwall et al. and Goldfarb et al. However, any peptide can be tested to determine whether it promotes localization to the desired intracellular organelle. In addition, as is known in the art, a nuclear localization peptide can be determined by observing its effect on the intracellular sorting of other proteins when they are attached to them by recombinant DNA methods (Lanford et al.).
Several preferred examples of nuclear localization peptides are provided in Table 2:
TABLE 2: Intracellular Targeting Peptide sequences
Sequence SEQ. ID NO: Description:
PKKKR KV 4 SV40 virus nuclear localization sequence
KRPRE DDDGE PSERK RER 5 plant nuclear localization sequence
MLFNL RILLD DAAFR DGKKK 6 mitochondrial localization sequence
PKKKR KVKKK KK 2 SV40 NLS with additional polynucleotide compressing sequence
PKKKR KVLKK KKK 3
SEQ ID NO:4 provides a typical nuclear localization peptide similar to the SV40 T-antigen nuclear localization sequence. Any nuclear localization peptide can include a polylysine tail, which may also serve in the compressing ofthe polynucleotide as described above. Therefore, SEQ ID NO:2 is the sequence of SEQ ID NO:4 with an extension of 5 lysine residues. Fewer or more lysines can be utilized. Typically, about 3 to about 10 lysines can be used. A preferable length is about 4-5 lysines. SEQ ID NO:3 additionally contains a leucine residue inserted between the nuclear localization region and the polylysine tail, causing the peptide to be less linear. Another example of a nuclear localization peptide is shown in SEQ ID NO:5, which is a sequence utilized by plants to localize proteins to the nucleus.
Mitochondrial localization signals are known in the art to be characterized by being about 12-80 amino acids in length and to form amphipathic α-helical structures in the cytoplasm in which positively charged residues line up on one side ofthe helix while uncharged hydrophobic residues line up toward the opposite side. An example of a mitochondrial localization signal is listed herein as SEQ ID NO:6. A polylysine tail of a desired length, for example, from about 3 to about 10 lysine residues, can be included to enhance the ability ofthe peptide to compress the polynucleotide.
The polynucleotide is compressed by incubating it briefly with the polypeptide, for example, at room temperature or physiological temperature. An incubation at room temperature for 10-15 minutes is sufficient for the compression to occur. Suitable ratios are about 1 :5 to about 1 :200 peptide :polynucleotide on a wt wt basis; about 1 : 10 to about 1:100 is more usual, and 1 :30 is typically an effective ratio. Since the molecular weight ofthe polynucleotide is about several hundred fold higher than that ofthe polypeptide, the reaction is performed in molar excess of the peptide. It is predicted that the compressed
polynucleotide— olypeptide complex comprises several short peptide per polynucleotide molecule when the polynucleotide is several kilobases in size or larger. There may be at least 5, or at least about 20, or even at least about 50 polypeptides associated with each polynucleotide. Optionally, excess peptide not consumed in the compression reaction may be removed by a technique such as gel filtration chromatography or ultracentrifugation, before the polynucleotide is used in a subsequent procedure, such as liposome encapsulation.
With little adjustment, the ratio of peptide:polynucleotide on a wt/wt basis described in the preceding paragraph has been found to provide effective compression of a variety of different polynucleotides. Preferred embodiments of this invention comprise compressed plasmids or expression vectors of double-stranded DNA of at least about 2 kilobases in size, preferably about 5 kilobases to about 8 kilobases in size, or even those of about 10 kilobases in size and larger, in either linear form or closed-circular form. The same ratios are also effective in compressing small single-stranded oligonucleotides of about 20-50 bases, such as might be used in antisense therapy. It is believed that similar peptide :nucleic acid ratios will also be effective in compressing RNA, and any other polynucleotide or polynucleotide analog, including branched or modified nucleic acid structures that might be suitable for therapeutic puφoses.
The exact ratio optimal for a particular application may be determined by routine experimentation. Efficacy ofthe compressing reaction may be evaluated using several techniques available to practitioners of ordinary skill, such as transmission electron microscopy (Example 2). Thus, the polynucleotide and polypeptide are combined at different ratios, and compared for the average overall radius compared to the naked polynucleotide in solution. Where the compressing reaction is being performed to enhance encapsulation in liposomes, a more relevant test may be the effectiveness ofthe preparation in liposome-mediated gene transfection experiments. The polynucleotide and polypeptide are combined at different ratios, encapsulated into liposomes, used to transfect target cells, and then the expression ofthe polynucleotide is measured to identify the ratio that provides the highest transfection levels.
Formation of the liposome
The compressed polynucleotide may be encapsulated in a liposome of any composition. The lipid bilayer making up the liposome may comprise phospholipids, glycolipids, steroids, and their equivalents; amphipathic proteins, and lipid-soluble chemicals. Preferably, a composition is chosen that allows the envelope to be formed with reproducible qualities, such as diameter, and is stable in the presence of elements expected to occur where the liposome is to be used, such as physiological buffers and circulating molecules. Preferably, the liposome is resilient to effects of manipulation by storage, freezing, and mixing with pharmaceutical excipients.
In one preferred embodiment, the lipid bilayer ofthe liposome is formed primarily from phospholipids. More preferably, the phosphoiipid composition is a complex mixture, comprising a combination of phosphatidylcholine (PC), phosphatidylserine (PS), phosphatidylethanolamine (PE), and sphingomyelin (SM). The envelope may further comprise additional lipids such as phosphatidylinositol (PI), phosphatidic acid (PA), or cardiolipin (diphosphatidylglycerol). If desired, SM may be replaced with a greater proportion of PC, PE, or a combination thereof. PS may optionally be replaced with phosphatidylglycerol (PG). Preferably, at least PC and PE are included; more preferably, at least three ofthe group PC, PS, PE, and SM are included. The composition is chosen so as to confer upon the lipid envelope both stability during storage and administration, and fusogenic properties, especially for an outer or endosomal membrane ofthe target cell.
Practitioners of ordinary skill will readily appreciate that each phosphoiipid in the foregoing list may vary in its structure depending on the fatty acid moieties that are esterified to the glycerol moiety ofthe phosphoiipid. Generally, most commercially available forms of a particular phosphoiipid can be used. However, phospholipids containing particular fatty acid moieties may be preferred for certain applications. A particularly preferred phosphoiipid composition is shown in Table 3 :
TABLE 3: Preferred Phosphoiipid Mixture
Phosphoiipid Approximate relative molar quantity
Dioleylphosphatidylcholine (DOPC) 0.259
Dioleylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE) 0.253
Sphingomyelin (SM) 0.287
Phosphatidylserine (PS) 0.175
Phosphatidylinositol (PI) 0.126
Cholesterol (CH) 1.000
Preferably, the envelope also includes cholesterol or a related steroid to improve the rigidity ofthe membrane, and enhance fusogenicity. Any amount of cholesterol may be used. A preferred ratio of total cholesterol to lipid is between about 0.5 and about 1.2 moles of cholesterol per mole of lipid. More preferred is a molar ratio of about 0.8 to about 1.2:1 ; even more preferred is a molar ratio of about 0.9 to about 1.1:1; still more preferred is a molar ratio of about 1.0:1.0. Other molecules that can be used to increase the rigidity ofthe membrane include cross-linked phospholipids.
It is particularly preferable to use a phosphoiipid mixture and the phospholipidxholesterol ratio of a viral particle which is fusogenic with eukaryotic cells. It is possible to extract lipid from a preparation of virus or defective viral particles, which is then reconstituted into liposomes, with or without viral proteins. More preferably, the lipid is a synthetic mixture of isolated components, modeled on the composition of a naturally occurring viral particle. An especially preferred viral model for designing the lipid composition is the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). Optionally, this mixture can be further adjusted to enhance its fusogenic properties; for example, by introducing a degree of lipid assymetry in the liposome ultimately formed.
Other preferred liposomes for use in vivo are those with an enhanced ability to evade the reticuloendothelial system, thereby giving them a longer period in which to reach the target cell. Effective lipid compositions in this regard are those with a large proportion of SM and cholesterol, or SM and PI. Liposomes with prolonged circulation time also include those that comprise the monosialoganglioside GM1, glucuronide, or polyethylene glycol. Compositions that combine the attributes of stealth liposomes and viral particles are also encompassed by this invention. For example, cholesterol may be
added at the ratios indicated above to a lipid mixture consisting of any combination of SM, PI, glucuronide, polyethylene glycol, and other suitable components.
The lipid vesicles may be prepared by any suitable technique known in the art. Methods include but are not limited to: microencapsulation, microfluidization, LLC method, ethanol injection, freon injection, the "bubble" method, detergent dialysis, hydration, sonication, and reverse-phase evaporation (reviewed in Watwe et al.). The selection of a particular method is made taking into consideration a number of criteria: a) size and lamellarity ofthe vesicles formed; b) stability ofthe vesicles; c) suitability for the intended payload; d) reproducibility; e) suitability for ultimate use, particularly scale- up and human administration, if contemplated; and f) convenience. For example, ultrasonication and dialysis methods generally produce small unilamellar vesicles; extrusion and reverse-phase evaporation generally produce larger sized vesicles. Techniques may be combined in order to provide vesicles with the most desirable attributes. One particularly preferred method is dialysis. The dialysis method generally produces vesicles of a more constrained size variation, and is especially preferred where smaller sized envelopes or envelopes with more reproducible characteristics are desired. A more detailed description ofthe dialysis method may be found, for example, in U.S. Patent 5,252,348. Briefly, the phospholipid/cholesterol envelope is prepared by solubilization ofthe lipids and cholesterol with sodium cholate or other appropriate detergent as the solubilizing agent, followed by removal ofthe detergent by exhaustive dialysis against phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). Other useful detergents are well known to those skilled in the art, and include any of those with a critical micelle concentration suitable for a dialysis technique. Non-limiting examples of suitable non-ionic detergents like CHAPSO™ and octylglucoside, and mild anionic detergents, particularly bile salts like sodium cholate, deoxycholate, taurocholate, and so on. The optimum detergent: lipid ratio is from about 10:1 to about 100:1, more usually about 30:1 to about 60:1 (w/w) and is preferably from about 40:1 to about 50:1 and is most preferably approximately 45:1. It should be noted that relatively small changes in these ratios can have significant effects. The skilled artisan can manipulate the procedures described in order to determine the optimum ratio.
Removal ofthe detergent can be carried out using any of a number of techniques which are known to those skilled in the art. For example, bag, disc, flow-through, and counter-flow dialysis techniques and apparatus may be utilized. The time of dialysis and the volume of dialyzing buffer will depend on the relative micelle concentration that is an inherent property ofthe buffer being used. Detergents that partition easily between the micelle and the fully solubilized form dialyze more easily, and are consequently more preferred. Products ofthe dialysis method using the phospholipid-cholesterol mixtures suggested herein will be approximately 250 nm in diameter. The method is flexible so that batch sizes in a range of less than 5 ml to liter quantities can be prepared reproducibly and under sterile conditions using, for example, either teflon dialysis cells or flow-through hollow fiber dialysis apparatus.
Another particularly preferred method for preparing liposomes is the extrusion method. This can be performed rapidly and in small quantities, and is useful for preparing and evaluating various compositions, for example, in a laboratory setting. It may also be easily scaled up to commercial production.
For a description ofthe extrusion method, see for example, Schreier et al. (1992) and U.S. Patent Nos. 4,737,323 and 5,008,050. Briefly, small samples of phospholipid- cholesterol solution are prepared in a suitable solvent such as water/tert-butanol, and then dried by lyophilization. The solutions are frozen at -40°C, and dried for 24 h at -25βC followed by 10 h at +10°C, by attachment to a vacuum source sufficient to keep the solution frozen. Alternatively, the solution may be prepared in an organic solvent such as chloroform, and then dried by rotoevaporation. The lipid coprecipitate is reconstituted by injecting sterile water under laminar flow and agitating gently for a few seconds. The concentration of lipid is about 100 mg/ml. This creates a preparation of lipid vesicles which are large and multilamellar. The dispersion is then extruded through a polycarbonate membrane of about 0.4 μm using an extruder, such as from Lipex Biomembranes, Vancouver BC. If desired, consecutive lyophilization, reconstitution and extrusion cycles are performed through membranes of about 0.2 μm. Preferably, the preparation is also subjected to several freeze-thaw cycles in baths of about -80°C and +40°C, to decrease the proportion of any remaining multilamellar vesicles. If desired, the liposome preparation can also be dialyzed to remove unwanted contaminants.
The ultrastructure ofthe liposomes formed may be determined, for example, by transmission or freeze-fracture electron microscopy. The ultrastructure formed is preferably unilamellar. However, oligolamellar vesicles may also be acceptable for some puφoses. The diameter of liposomes may also be determined by electron microscopy. Liposome size may also be estimated by other techniques known in the art, such as quasi- elastic light scattering, gradient centrifugation, or gel filtration, using appropriate standards.
The size range of lipid envelopes is usually 50 to about 2000 nm, more preferably about 100 to about 1000 nm in diameter, and depends on the puφose for which they are being prepared. Vesicles encapsulating therapeutic substances of small molecular weight (< 3000 Da) are preferably about 50 to about 750 nm, more preferably about 75 to about 500 nm, more preferably about 100 to about 300 nm, and even more preferably approximately 200 nm in diameter. Vesicles encapsulating large polynucleotides or vectors are generally formed with larger diameters, typically 500 nm to 2000 nm, but may be sized to smaller diameters by extrusion. Smaller vesicles may be preferred where it is desirable that the liposome be able to penetrate complex tissue architecture or transgress barriers with a restricted pore size. For example, liposomes targeted to the hepatocyte must slip through sinusoidal fenestrations, and are preferably less than about 500 nm, more preferably less than about 300 nm, more preferably about 100-200 nm in diameter. Smaller vesicles may also have an advantage in evading the reticuloendothelial system, particularly Kupffer cells in the liver when administered to the general circulation. Liposomes containing large polynucleotides and targeted to other sites or designed for local administration are typically larger in size, generally about 200 to about 1000 nm, more preferably about 500 to about 1000 nm, even more preferably about 800 nm. In general, lipid envelopes in the preferred size range comfortably encapsulate the payload, and are of superior physical stability with an average size, and size distribution, that remain essentially unchanged over several months when stored under refrigeration.
Should the vesicles be undesirably large after the initial formation step, they may be reduced in size by shearing through a suitable filter, preferably a polycarbonate filter of about 0.2 μm. If lyophilized and reconstituted, vesicles that are sized in this fashion will reconstitute to a smaller size than they would otherwise. Cycles of extrusion,
lyophilization, and reconstitution may be repeated until the vesicles reconstitute into a more desirable size. If it is necessary to adjust the size ofthe envelopes, it is preferable to do this early, since sizing may disturb encapsulated or surface-bound components. To obtain vesicles with an average diameter of about 250 nm, it is generally not necessary to adjust the size of vesicles obtained via the dialysis method, whereas vesicles obtained by the extrusion method may require several cycles of sizing, drying, and reconstitution.
The lipid envelopes can be freeze-dried and thereby preserved for extended periods of time. Freeze-drying, or other means of preservation, can be done either before or after further modification ofthe vesicles, such as the adding of tissue targeting components described in a later section. Freeze-drying may reduce the need for keeping preparations refrigerated. The stability ofthe lipid vesicles can also be improved by polymerization of one or more ofthe phosphoiipid components. Thus, a large reserve of concentrated lipid envelopes can be prepared and stored, and used to prepare individual batches with different surface proteins or other constituents when required.
Method of encapsulation
The encapsulated material to be delivered to the target cell may be placed inside a lipid envelope by including it in the solution used during initial formation ofthe liposomes. Altematively, it may be more efficient or more convenient to insert the payload into the liposomes after they are formed and optionally purified or characterized. Certain small molecules may be readily introduced into preformed liposomes by softening the liposomes with a detergent. The detergent is then removed from the solution, sealing the small molecules within the envelope. Larger molecules, particularly polynucleotides and proteins, may also be encapsulated either during initial vesicle formation, or subsequently.
Encapsulation during envelope formation is conveniently performed by using the dialysis method is used to form the vesicles. If the encapsulated material is a nucleic acid, it is first compressed with a suitable peptide, and then added to a lipid-detergent suspension as described in the previous section. The detergent is then dialyzed away as
described, with the result that the vesicles form around the nucleic acid molecules that are present.
Alternatively, in the reconstitution method, lipid envelopes formed, for example, by the dialysis or extrusion method, are dried, for example, by evaporation on the surface of a suitable vessel, such as a glass-bottomed flask. A preferred method of drying is lyophilization. The compressed polynucleotide is then added to the vessel, which causes the lipid envelopes to reconstitute. During the reconstitution process, the polynucleotides are encapsulated into the envelopes. In a third method, vesicles are formed de novo by adding an aqueous solvent to a lipid film dried in a glass vessel. By including the compressed polynucleotide in the solvent, it becomes encapsulated as part ofthe process. One ofthe particular benefits of encapsulating polynucleotides compressed according to the methods described earlier is that large or heterogeneous liposomes may subsequently be manipulated, for example, by extrusion or freeze-thawing, with a suφrisingly low loss ofthe polynucleotide cargo. Liposomes encapsulating polynucleotides made by either ofthe techniques outlined in the previous paragraph may be from 100 nm to 5000 nm in size. Preferably, they are between 100 nm and 2000 nm in size; more preferably, they are between about 100 nm and 1000 nm in size; more preferably, they are between about 200 nm and 800 nm in size. Large liposomes may be reduced in size by extrusion through a suitable filter, such as a 0.2 μm polycarbonate filter. However, size reduction after encapsulation is avoided if not necessary, to further minimize polynucleotide release. Liposomes made up ofthe lipid-cholesterol mixtures suggested herein and sized to 250 nm during initial formation will generally reconstitute to about a 750 nm size during the encapsulation step. Conditions may be established without extensive experimentation, and will be reproducible once established.
The efficacy ofthe encapsulation reaction may be determined by any suitable technique available to the ordinary practitioner. Suitable techniques include transmission electron microscopy, labeling experiments, and liposome-mediated gene transduction experiments. For example, the polynucleotide may be provided with a radiolabel (such as 32P) or a fluorescent label (such as TOTO™-l). The polynucleotide is then encapsulated into liposomes. Encapsulated polynucleotide is separated from non-encapsulated
polynucleotide, such as by centrifugation, gel filtration chromatography, or fluorescence-activated sorting, and the proportion of label associated with the liposome fraction is determined. The encapsulated polynucleotides may also be evaluated for their ability to transfect a suitable target, such as test cells grown in culture. The degree of polynucleotide expression in the liposome-treated cells is compared with that for cells treated with unencapsulated polynucleotide alone.
During the encapsulation of a compressed polynucleotide, it is probable that the compressing peptide will also be enveloped into the liposome. In principle, the peptide may no longer be needed for compression puφoses once the polynucleotide is encapsulated. However, so long as the peptide does not interfere with the function ofthe polynucleotide once inside the cell, its presence in the lumen ofthe liposome is not an encumbrance. On the contrary: the compressing peptide may also comprise a sequence that performs a function once the liposomal contents enter the cell, such as targeting the polynucleotide intracellularly.
Tissue targeting components
The liposomes of this invention are designed for delivering the encapsulated material efficiently into cells. They may do this effectively without any additional components. For example, unmodified liposomes may be used directly to transfect cells in tissue culture. They may also be used for disseminated polynucleotide delivery in an individual, or may accumulate in particular target sites due to properties of size, charge, or natural adherence ofthe lipid envelope. They may also have a local effect if administered locally: for example, encapsulated polynucleotides given as an aerosol will generally exert their primary effect in the cells ofthe lung.
In preferred embodiments of this invention, liposomes are designed for more specific target delivery when given parenterally. This means that they accumulate in greater prevalence at certain tissue types in the animal they are administered to than related compositions. This specific accumulation may be a result ofthe size, charge, or solubility properties ofthe liposomes. More usually, the accumulation is due to a tissue targeting component present on the liposome that is capable of interacting with a host
component that is more prevalent at the tissue than elsewhere. This interaction increases the duration during which the liposome remains in the vicinity, preventing its recirculation or promoting a more rapid functional interaction ofthe liposome with the target cell. In some applications, it may be preferable that the material encapsulated by the liposome be preferentially delivered to certain tissue sites. The liposome may also optionally be provided with a tissue targeting component that assists the liposome in preferentially localizing near the site ofthe target cell.
Suitable targeting components include but are not limited to: a) surface components that are present on tissue specific viruses or other pathogens; b) ligands and ligand analogues for which the target cell has receptors, adherence proteins, transmembrane transporters, or other specific recognition units; c) isolated naturally occurring recognition units from exogenous sources that are capable of distinguishing between cell types, such as lectins; and d) antibodies and antibody equivalents that have been raised against a similar tissue type as the target.
Relevant components in category a) include components of viruses, bacteria, and parasites, such as those listed in U.S. Patent 5,252,348. Useful components of such organisms include any complex molecule that facilitates binding ofthe virus to the cell, since incoφoration of these onto a liposome will assist it in localizing near the target cell. The component may be either an integral part ofthe model organism, or released by an organism, such as a toxin or toxoid subunit, which may be modified to permit it to be inserted into the liposome. Preferred examples are surface proteins of the Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV). This is a human pathogen ofthe paramyxovirus family, comprising a single-stranded RNA that replicates in the cytoplasm, and a pleomoφhic lipid-containing envelope. Liposomes targeted using RSV Glycoprotein G are expected to preferentially locate in the epithelial cells ofthe lung, especially if given by aerosol. Relevant components in category b) include cytokines of various sorts, such as growth factors like GM-CSF, interleukins, interferons, and TGF; hormones such as insulin and adrenaline; neurotransmitters such as serotonin; cell adhesion proteins such as ICAM and ELAM; cell recognition units, such as the CD antigens and their respective ligands; and carbohydrate ligands for mammalian lectins, such as complex carbohydrates
with terminal gaiactose residues that is recognized by the hepatocyte asialoglycoprotein receptor.
Of particular interest are molecules that target to the lung. One example is triamcinolone acetonide phosphate (TAP), a ligand for the glucocorticoid receptor suitable for targeting liposomes (Gonzalez-Rothi et al.). A second example is surfactant protein A, suitable for targeting liposomes to alveolar type II cells (Walther et al.).
Especially preferred is the molecule serotonin, for targeting liposomes from the general circulation to lung endothelial cells. These cells are known to accumulate and inactivate serotonin (Block et al.). Specific binding with a high affinity of about 8 nM has been observed in mitochondrial fractions of lung tissue (Das et al.). Vesicles have been described with serotonin in the vesicle interior and directed towards hepatocytes (U.S. Patent 4,761,287). The present disclosure shows for the first time that serotonin attached to the liposome membrane is capable of directing the liposome for delivery to the lung. Delivery is suφrisingly effective, despite the fact that: a) serotonin receptors are apparently predominantly inside the lung endothelial cell, not on the cell surface; and b) since serotonin is a small molecule, it would not a priori be sufficiently accessible from the surface of a liposome. It is readily appreciated that serotonin analogs and other molecules capable of binding the same receptor may have the same ability to target liposomes to the lung. Suitable tissue targeting components for the lung may be identified by conducting inhibition studies, using the analog to compete with the binding of labeled serotonin, or preferably with serotonin-targeted liposomes, to lung endothelial cells. Liposomes targeted with molecules capable of competing with serotonin in this fashion are also encompassed in this invention.
Relevant components in category c) include plant lectins of various kinds that may be useful in targeting specifically to cells bearing certain carbohydrate structures.
Relevant components in category d) include antibodies and antibody analogues raised against a cell-surface antigen ofthe intended target cell. They may be directed against a particular autoantigen that is specifically associated within the host with a particular tissue type; such as the CD4 antigen on helper T cells. They may also be directed against an antigen that is associated with particular malignancies, such as the carcinoembrionic antigen. A third example is a monoclonal antibody against the lung
endothelial anticoagulant protein thrombomodulin, which can be used to direct immunoliposomes to the lung (Mori et al.).
As illustrated, the tissue targeting component may be, for example, a lipid, a protein, a protein fragment, a glycoprotein, or a small molecule such as a hapten, or a combination of any of these. The component may be homogeneous, or it may be a cocktail of related components or components with different functions.
The targeting component is added to the liposome during the initial formation of the liposome, during a reconstitution step, or once it is already formed. Tissue targeting molecules that are not lipophilic are prepared by conjugation to a second molecule which can be assembled into the lipid bilayer. The example section below provides illustrations wherein serotonin is covalently coupled to phosphatidyl ethanolamine or to cholesterol. The conjugate may include a spacer between the lipophilic moiety and the targeting component that enhances accessibility.
Targeting components that are chemically related to lipids or sterols, or attached thereto, are generally more conveniently added to the liposome during initial vesicle formation. The incoφoration ofthe targeting component is performed by mixing the component or conjugate with the other phospholipids before the initial formation. As illustrated in the example section, serotonin conjugated to cholesterol can be used as a component in the dried lipid film, which is then reconstituted by an aqueous solution into a preparation of liposomes displaying them on the surface. In an alternative approach, vesicles are formed comprising a functionalized lipid (U.S. Patent 5,059,421). The tissue targeting component is subsequently coupled onto the liposome by activating the functionalized lipid appropriately.
Proteins and small peptides generally must comprise a lipophilic region in order to be incoφorated into the vesicle in a stable manner. If they do not already comprise such a region, they may be conjugated or cross-linked to a second peptide with this property, or synthesized as a fusion protein having a membrane spanning region. Alternatively, peptides may be conjugated to a phosphoiipid or steroid. Conjugation of peptides onto myristic or palmitic acid is preferred, and is illustrated in the example section. Appropriately prepared peptides may be added to the lipid mixture during formation ofthe liposomes or during reconstitution. More preferably, the protein is
inserted into the membrane by partial micellation after the liposome has already been formed. This results in an asymmetric distribution ofthe protein, with a majority being oriented outwards and thus available to exert its targeting role. This has the combined advantage of improving the number of accessible molecules per gram used in the preparation, and not taking up space in the interior which would otherwise contain material for delivery to the target cell.
To conduct the insertion method, the membrane is treated with sodium deoxycholate or other appropriate detergent at an approximate ratio of 8:1 and removal of the detergent by exhaustive dialysis. Appropriate detergents are those suitable for dialysis, particularly anionic detergents, and preferably bile acids. As will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art, the term "partial micellation" refers to a vesicle membrane which is "softened" to the point that the vesicle flattens out and acquires a disc- or dumb¬ bell-like shape which reverses into a vesicular structure upon removal ofthe detergent; however, the vesicles are not solubilized (micellized) to the point that they lose their intrinsic bilayer structure and become true mixed micelles again.
This process can conveniently be controlled by monitoring the scattering of light ofthe vesicles using a laser light scattering instrument. The selection of the detergent is determined taking into account the compatibility of a particular detergent with the surface protein to be inserted. Enough detergent is introduced into the vesicle dispersion to maintain the light scattering signal. Loss ofthe light scatter signal indicates true solubilization, thus excess of detergent and loss ofthe vesicular structure in favor of a micellar structure. In the example section that follows, the preferred molar ratio of detergent:lipid that maintains the partially micellated disc-like vesicular structure was found to be between 20:1 and 3:1, preferably 12:1 to 5:1, and more preferably about 8:1. The protein is then added to the softened liposome particles and allowed to insert into the lipid surface. Conditions that optimize the amount of tissue targeting component can be determined by routine experimentation using several techniques available to practitioners of ordinary skill. These include conducting experiments in which the molecule to be inserted is provided with an appropriate label, such as a radioisotope. The insertion reaction is conducted at various targeting component: liposome ratios. After the insertion reaction, liposomes are separated from unincoφorated targeting component, for
example, by centrifugation or chromatography, and the proportion of label associated with the liposomes is determined. Altematively, antibodies specific for the targeting component or cell surface protein from the intended target cell may be used with each preparation to detect the presence of incoφorated targeting component that is expressed at the surface. In another approach, liposomes with an encapsulated expression vector and various amounts of targeting component are used to transfect a suitable test cell line. The expression levels are then compared between samples and those treated with liposome encapsulated vectors into which a targeting component has not been added.
In principle, it is possible to perform the encapsulation step and the insertion of a tissue targeting protein in either order with acceptable results. The optimal order for any particular application of this technology will depend on a number of different factors, including the method used for initial formation ofthe liposomes, the method used for encapsulation, the nature ofthe material to be encapsulated, the stability ofthe targeting component to detergents and subsequent manipulations, and the method (such as refrigeration or freeze-drying) whereby the preparation is to be preserved. Where the material to be encapsulated is a large molecule such as a compressed polynucleotide, two general approaches are preferred. For the purposes of forming small quantities for evaluation puφoses, the liposomes are preferably formed by extrusion, sized to a smaller diameter, inserted with a tissue targeting protein, freeze-dryed, reconstituted in the presence of a material to be encapsulated, and then re-sized if necessary. For commercial production, the liposomes are preferably formed by dialysis in the presence of material to be encapsulated, and then inserted with a tissue targeting protein by micellation as a final step.
Fusogenic components
Once a liposome localizes near a target cell, delivery ofthe encapsulated material inside the cell may be facilitated if a fusogenic component is present. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is envisioned that a fusogenic component disrupts the membrane ofthe target cell, permitting entry ofthe liposome or fusion ofthe liposome membrane with that ofthe cell. Fusion may occur at the cell surface, or in an intracellular
compartment such as an endosome or a lysosome. Particular fusogenic components are only active at the lower pH of an endosome.
A number of fusogenic components are suitable for use with this invention. Mammalian and a wide variety of viral proteins with fusion properties are known in the art and suitable for use in this invention. Examples are listed in the Background section of this application. Another class of fusogenic molecules are artificial peptides with sequences modeled on those previously known to be fusogenic. To maximize fusogenic potential per gram while minimizing immunogenicity, it is preferable to use only the fragment ofthe relevant protein which contains the fusogenic activity. Particular fusogenic proteins of interest are: gp41 of Human Immunodeficiency
Virus- 1, members of the RSV surface Glycoprotein superfamily, papilloma virus Ll protein, Coronavirus S Protein, Rabies virus Glycoprotein G, Glycoproteins D, B, H, and L ofthe Heφesvirus family (especially VSV), the two Rhino virus pH-dependent fusogens, the Paramoxa Virus F protein petide region 59-140, the Murine Leukemia Virus R Protein, and the Flavovirus pH 6.3 E & M proteins. A preferred fusogenic protein is hemagglutinin of influenza, or a fusogenic fragment thereof, particularly a peptide consisting essentially ofthe sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:7.
In certain embodiments of this invention, the fusogenic component is encapsulated within the liposome and not accessible from the cell surface. Encapsulated fusogens may promote delivery of liposomal contents by any of a number of mechanisms. For example, once the liposome reaches the target cell, the component may tunnel through the liposome and through the cell membrane, and be followed by the encapsulated therapeutic substance. Altematively, the component may be released by disintigration ofthe liposome in an endosomal compartment, and go on to penetrate the endosomal membrane along with the payload. Example 13 illustrates that a fusogenic fragment of hemagglutinin encapsulated in a liposome enhances expression ofthe vector payload in the target cell.
More usually, the fusogenic component is anchored into the membrane. Accordingly, a fragment is selected with a lipophilic region, or else prepared with a lipophilic region attached, as described earlier for tissue targeting peptides. Fusogenic peptides may be prepared so as to be oriented either C-terminal or N-terminal outwards,
and can optionally comprise additional spacer regions which preferably are non- immunogenic.
Either fusogenic or tissue targeting components may be used individually to enhance the ability of a liposome to exert its therapeutic effect. Example 12 illustrates that fusogenic and tissue targeting components, when both present, may have an additive or even a synergistic effect. Accordingly, preferred embodiments of this invention are bifunctional liposomes having both fusogenic and tissue targeting components. Particularly preferred are bifunctional liposomes wherein the tissue targeting component and the fusogenic component do not naturally occur together on a single molecule or a single viral particle.
Where both are present, fusogenic and tissue targeting components may be inserted into the membrane simultaneously, or through separate process, as appropriate for their chemical composition. Fusogenic and tissue targeting components may be comprised in a single molecule, particularly a fusion proteins, optionally through a polypeptide linker region. More usually, the fusogenic component and the tissue targeting component are present as separate molecules and anchored separately into the liposome membrane.
Use of liposomes containing compressed polynucleotides for gene therapy
Embodied in this invention are liposome compositions comprising polynucleotides with a therapeutically relevant genetic sequence. Encapsulated polynucleotides of this invention can be used for administration to an individual for puφoses of gene therapy. Suitable diseases for gene therapy include but are not limited to those induced by viral, bacterial, or parasitic infections, various malignancies and hypeφroliferative conditions, autoimmune conditions, and congenital deficiencies.
Gene therapy can be conducted to enhance the level - expression of a particular protein either within or secreted by the cell. The liposome-encapsulated polynucleotides provided herein can be employed to transfect cells either for gene marking, replacement of a missing gene, or insertion of a therapeutic gene. For example, marker genes can be used to monitor the state of disease, the longevity of undesirable cells in the diseased
tissue, or the longevity ofthe modified or transplanted cells in the diseased tissue. The invention can also be used to supply a cytokine or mediator important in enhancement or attenuation of an immunological or inflammatory reaction, such as may occur during viral infection, autoimmune disease, or septic shock. An example of a cytokine of particular interest in this regard is α-interferon.
Altematively, the invention can be used in the replacement of a defective or missing gene in a human cell to correct its malfunction. One example is replacement of the adenosine deaminase gene in ADA deficiency. Another example is the correction of the genetic defect of cystic fibrosis, by supplying a properly functioning cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) or biologically active fragment thereof to the airway epithelium. An a antitrypsin encoding sequence may be used for treatment of null-type hereditary emphysema. A sequence encoding arantitrypsin or superoxide dismutase may be used for treatment of certain inflammatory conditions. αrantitrypsin may be used as an adjunct therapy for cystic fibrosis. Adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) may be amenable to treatment by a combination of polynucleotides encoding human αi-antitrypsin, PGH synthase, and a cocktail of inflammatory inhibitors. In a further example, a gene related to prostaglandin synthesis may be used for the treatment of asthma.
To enhance expression of a particular protein, a polynucleotide is provided with a sequence encoding the protein, operatively linked to transcription and translation elements that are likely to be active in the target cell. Such transcription and translation elements may be those that occur naturally in the corresponding gene. Altematively, an expression cassette may be constructed by recombinant nucleic acid chemistry to place encoding sequences in operative linkage with a heterologous promoter that is intrinsically active in the target cells, or that can be induced by a suitable agent. Minimally, the encoding region will encode the region ofthe protein that provides the desired biological activity. Mutations from the natural sequence that enhance catalysis, improve specificity, or avoid unwanted regulatory activity may optionally present. Preferably, the encoded protein will include elements that participate in its transport to a desired location within or outside the cell, such as a signal sequence for protein secretion.
Alternatively, a polynucleotide may be provided to the cell that decreases the level of expression. This may be used for the suppression of an undesirable phenotype, such as the product of a gene amplified or overexpressed during the course of a malignancy, or a gene introduced or overexpressed during the course of a microbial infection. One approach to decreasing expression is antisense gene therapy. The therapeutic polynucleotide comprises a sequence or complementary sequence that is capable of forming a stable hybrid with either the target gene itself, or more typically RNA transcribed therefrom, operatively linked to a suitable promoter. In this way, multiple copies may be transcribed in the target cell, which in rum form stable hybrids with polynucleotides encoding the target protein. The antisense polynucleotide need not be the exact complement ofthe target polynucleotide to be effective, so long as stable hybrids form under physiological conditions.
A second approach to decrease expression is to provide a polynucleotide that contains or encodes a ribozyme capable of cleaving the relevant mRNA. Typically, the therapeutic polynucleotide contains an encoding region operatively linked to a suitable promoter that allows it to be transcribed into a ribozyme in the target cell. The ribozyme comprises a catalytically active segment flanked by nucleotide recognition sequences that serve to anneal the ribozyme to the RNA in a site-specific manner. Only an amount of complementarity sufficient to form a duplex with the target RNA and to allow the catalytically active segment ofthe ribozyme to cleave at the target sites is necessary. The enzymatic RNA molecule is formed in a hammerhead motif (Rossi et al., AIDS Res. Hum. Retrovir. 8:183, 1992), a haiφin motif (Hampel et al.., Biochem. 28:4929, 1989; Nucl. Acids Res. 18:299, 1990), or any other motif known in the art and capable of providing the desired activity (e.g., Cech et al., US 4,987,071). Therapeutically useful ribozymes may be selected using the sequence of the target polynucleotide from a library of ribozymes flanked by random sequences cloned into the loop region of a ribozyme expression cassette.
Compositions of this invention may be used to conduct gene therapy either ex vivo or in vivo. Ex vivo gene therapy is outlined in US Patent 5,399,346. In the present context, cells are removed from a donor (or obtained from a cultured cell line), genetically altered with a liposome-encapsulated polynucleotide of this invention, and then administered to a recipient. The cells are obtained from the donor in the form of a blood sample, bone
marrow aspirate, biopsy, surgical excision, or other clinically suitable procedure. The cells are optionally purified or otherwise subfractionated, and then treated with a liposome. After transduction, the cells are optionally cultured or otherwise manipulated, and then administered to the recipient. Preferably, the cell donor is the same as the recipient ofthe transduced cells (an autologous transplant). However, the transfer of cells from one individual to another is permissible, or even preferred where the recipient does not have sufficient donor cells for autologous treatment. The donor is preferably histocompatible and blood group identical or compatible with the recipient, although this may be less important for administration of cells that are normally immunologically privileged, such as those in the liver. Non-limiting examples of tissue types suitable for ex vivo gene therapy are stem cells, obtained either from bone marrow or peripheral blood, such as CD34+ cells, and hepatocytes.
Liposome-encapsulated polynucleotides of this invention may also be used for administration directly to an individual for purposes of gene therapy in vivo. The method comprises administering an effective amount via one ofthe modes of administration described in the following section. What constitutes an effective amount depends on the condition ofthe recipient and the objective of treatment. Where a low percentage of transduction can cure a genetic deficiency, then the objective of treatment is generally to meet or exceed this level of transduction. In some instances, this level of transduction can be achieved by transduction of only about 1 to 5% ofthe target cells, especially if the gene is normally expressed by a small proportion of cells or at a modest level, or if the therapeutic gene is provided under control of a more active promoter. In other instances, the treatment will provide a better degree of protection or a longer lasting effect if a large percentage of cells in the target tissue are modified. In these instances, a sufficient number of liposomes should be admimstered preferably to genetically alter at least about 20% ofthe cells ofthe desired tissue type, usually at least about 50%, preferably at least about 80%, more preferably at least about 95%, and even more preferably at least about 99% ofthe cells ofthe desired tissue type. Generally, dosage will approximate that which is typical for the administration of a polynucleotide, particularly one that remains extrachromosomal, and is typically in the range of about 50-500 μg DNA per kg. The treatment can be repeated every two or three weeks or as required by the attending physician. The effectiveness ofthe
genetic alteration can be monitored by clinical features, and by determining whether the cells express the function intended to be conveyed by the therapeutic polynucleotide. Samples removed by biopsy or surgical excision may be analyzed by in situ hybridization, immunohistology, or immunofluorescent cell counting.
Preparation of pharmaceutical compositions and their administration
Liposomes of this invention comprising any suitable encapsulated material may be prepared for administration to an individual in need thereof, particularly humans, in accordance with generally accepted procedures for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions. Preferred methods for preparing the liposomes described herein are sufficiently flexible that batch sizes from 5 ml to several liters or more may be prepared reproducibly and under sterile conditions, using (for example) either teflon dialysis cells or flow-through hollow fiber dialysis apparatus. General procedures for preparing pharmaceutical compositions are described in
Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, E.W. Martin ed., Mack Publishing Co., PA. Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dispersing a liposome in a liquid excipient, such as water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, or ethanol. The composition may optionally also contain other medicinal agents, pharmaceutical agents, adjuvants, carriers, and auxiliary substances. Pharmaceutical compositions for oral, intranasal, or topical administration can be supplied in solid, semi-solid or liquid forms, including tablets, capsules, powders, liquids, and suspensions. Compositions for injection can be supplied as liquid solutions or suspensions, as emulsions, or as solid forms suitable for dissolution or suspension in liquid prior to injection. For administration via the respiratory tract, a preferred composition is one that provides either a solid or liquid aerosol when used with an appropriate aerosolizer device. Although not required, pharmaceutical compositions are preferably supplied in unit dosage form suitable for administration of a precise amount.
As will be readily appreciated, components for preparing a pharmacological composition of this invention may be provided in kit form. One example is a kit comprising in separate containers liposomes and a pharmaceutical excipient. Another example is a kit comprising a compressed polynucleotide in one container, and a lipid film in another
container that reconstitutes into liposomes when the polynucleotide solution is added. Other combinations are possible. Packaged compositions and kits of this invention optionally include instructions for storage, preparation and administration ofthe composition.
The route of administration of a pharmaceutical composition depends, inter alia, on the intended target site, the presence or absence of a tissue targeting component, and the nature ofthe condition being treated. Possible routes of systemic administration include parenteral, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intradermal, intravenous, oral, intraperitoneal, and intranasal routes. Local administration is preferred when the liposome lacks a tissue targeting component and the target area is small. Liposomes may be administered near to or directly into a pathologically affected tissue site, either by direct injection, or through an indwelling catheter.
Where the liposome is intended for administration to the epithelium, a preferred method of administration is by aerosol. The aerosol may be either solid or liquid. Liquid aerosols may be prepared by suspending the liposomes in a suitable excipient that may also contain a preservative, and supplied in a suitable aerosolizer. Solid aerosols may provide a more stable form ofthe product, and may therefore be preferred. They can be prepared by drying down a liposome preparation in the presence of a carrying agent, such as lactose or gaiactose. A preferred method of drying is lyophilization. The lyophilized powder may be ground and compressed into a capsule. It is then placed in a suitable device to provide a particulate spray. The liposomes will then reconstitute when they contact the fluid bathing the alveolar surface.
The decision of whether to use in vivo or ex vivo therapy, and the selection of a particular composition, dose, and route of administration will depend on a number of different factors, including but not limited to features ofthe condition and the subject being treated. The assessment of such features and the design of an appropriate therapeutic regimen is ultimately the responsibility ofthe prescribing physician.
The foregoing description provides, inter alia, a detailed explanation of how liposomes can be prepared that contain compressed nucleic acids or other deliverable material. The liposomes may optionally also comprise a tissue targeting component and an intracellular targeting component. It is understood that variations may be made to the
composition ofthe liposome and the methods used for preparing and using them without departing from the spirit of this invention.
The examples presented below are provided as a further guide to a practitioner of ordinary skill in the art, and are not meant to be limiting in any way.
EXAMPLES
Example 1: Preparation of polynucleotide plasmids with reporter sequences
Plasmids containing cDNA encoding either chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (pCMV4-CAT) or prostaglandin G/H synthase (pCMV4-PGH) were constructed in the eukaryotic expression vector pCMV4 driven by the promoter sequence ofthe cytomegalovirus major immediate early gene (Conary et al., Canonico et al.). pCMV4 is a plasmid made up of double-stranded DNA. The plasmid RV-PAP, which contains the gene for placental alkaline phosphatase driven by the Rous sarcoma virus promoter (pRV- PAP), was obtained from L. Culp, Case Western Reserve. The plasmids were replicated in E. Coli strain NM522 and purified using Qiagen Gigapreps (Chatsworth, CA) according to the manufacturer's protocol. Purity ofthe plasmid and integrity ofthe cDNA insert was determined by electrophoresis using 1% agarose gels (D. Voytas (1992) pp. 2.13-2.14 in: Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, F.M. Ausubel et al., John Wiley & Sons, NY).
For localization experiments, plasmids were labeled by dye intercalation with acridine orange or with the dimeric cyanine nucleic acid stain, TOTO-1™ (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR). The integrity ofthe labeled plasmid and the absence of any unincoφorated dye was determined by agarose gel electrophoresis. The labeling procedure was as follows: Plasmid at a concentration of 0.5 μg/ml in sterile water was combined with 10 μl of a 10 mg/ml solution of acridine-orange and incubated for 45 minutes in the dark. The plasmid DNA was precipitated with sodium acetate and ethanol, collected by centrifugation, washed once with 70% ethanol and resuspended in sterile water at a concentration of approximately 1 mg/ml. TOTO-1™ labeling was performed in
40 mM Tris acetate, pH 8.0, containing 2 mM EDTA. DNA at a concentration of 1 mg/ml in the Tris acetate buffer was added to a 1 : 10 dilution ofthe dye at a ratio of 1 :3 v/v. The DNA was precipitated with sodium acetate and ethanol, collected by centrifugation, washed with 70% ethanol and resuspended in Tris acetate buffer at a concentration of 0.5 mg/ml. The absence of unincoφorated dye was confirmed by electrophoresis in 1 % agarose gels.
Fluorescein- 11-dUTP (FluoroGreen, Amersham, Arlington Heights, IL) also was used to label plasmid DNA. The plasmid DNA was linearized by digestion with the restriction endonuclease Xba 1 and purified by chromatography over a Select 6-L spin column (5 Prime 3 Prime, Boulder, CO). Fluorescein- 11-dUTP was added to the 3' ends ofthe plasmid through the action of terminal deoxytransferase, the plasmid was purified by chromatography through a Select 6-L column, precipitated with ethanol, collected by centrifugation, washed with 70% ethanol and resuspended in sterile water. An aliquot 10 μg of plasmid DNA was digested with a restriction endonuclease to linearize the plasmid. Some experiments were conducted using radiolabeled plasmid DNA. To perform the labeling, the 5' ends of the DNA were labeled using [32P]-ATP via enzymatic action of T4 polynucleotide kinase. The new labeled plasmid DNA was separated from unreacted labeled ATP and T4 kinase by column chromatography.
Example 2: Compressing of the polynucleotide plasmids
Synthetic peptides with sequences corresponding to SEQ. ID NOS:2-4 were ordered and obtained from Research Genetics (Huntsville, AL). The peptides were combined with plasmid DNA at varying DNA to peptide ratios and incubated at 23 °C for 10-15 minutes. These proteins were combined with plasmid at a ratio of 1 :30
(Protein: Plasmid, wt/wt) and incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature. Poly-L- lysine (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) and whole histones (Boehringer Mannheim, Indianapolis, IN) also were used in some experiments under similar conditions.
The ability ofthe peptides to compress the plasmids was evaluated by transmission electron microscopy (TEM). Carbon coated grids were prepared by resistance evaporation of carbon thread (Bal-Tec, Hudson, NH) onto freshly cleaved mica
strips. Films were floated off on water and picked up on 400 mesh nickel grids that had been treated with grid glue (transparent tape extracted with chloroform) and dried. CLPCs were allowed to adsorb to the surface ofthe carbon film for 20 min; grids were floated face down on a drop of 1% OsO4 for 1 h, washed, dried and rotary shadowed with carbon-platinum at 10° angle by beam evaporation in a Balzers MED010 evaporator. Specimens were observed with a Hitachi H-7000 electron microscope.
An experiment was performed with the pCMV-PGH plasmid, which is about 7,800-7,900 base pairs in size. The images showed that before compression, the plasmids were predominantly in an open supercoiled form (Figure 1 , Left Panel). When the plasmid was combined with the peptide with the sequence of SEQ. ID NO:2, it was found to be substantially compressed (Figure 1, Right Panel). Note that the magnification ofthe Right Panel of Figure 1 is about 2.5 times that ofthe Left. The addition of either poly-L- lysine or intact histones to the plasmid altered the structure in a similar fashion (Figure 2, Left and Right Panels, respectively), but the compression was found generally to be less than with the small peptide.
The net charge on plasmid DNA and on plasmid DNA/peptide complexes was determined by a gel electrophoresis gel shift experiment. Plasmid DNA and synthetic peptides were combined as described above. After the incubation period, the plasmid subjected to electrophoresis (7 V/cm). After 90 minutes, DNA in the gel was detected by staining with ethidium bromide and irradiation with ultraviolet light.
The results are shown in Figure 3. Lane 1 was loaded with 3 μg ofthe pCMV- PGH plasmid that had not been compressed. Lanes 2-5 were loaded with the same amount of plasmid compressed with 15 ng, 100 ng, 200 ng, and 400 ng ofthe compressing peptide. The horizontal lines in each lane at about 8.2 on the scale indicate the top ofthe gel. The uncompressed intact plasmid appears as a doublet at about 8.8 and 9.2 in Lane 1. With increasing amounts of peptide, the plasmid resolves to a single band at lower relative mobility. This is consistent with the plasmid having adopted an altered configuration.
Example 3: Preparation of artificial viral envelopes
Phospholipids were purchased from the following sources: egg phosphatidylcholine (PC) (lot #37F-8420), phosphatidylserine (PS) (lot #99F-83561) from bovine brain, egg phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) (lot #58F-8371), cholesterol from porcine liver (lot #36F-7040), deoxycholic acid (lot #108F-0331) and sodium cholate (lot #78F-0533), were from Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO. Egg sphingomyeline (SM) (lot #ESM-22) was from Avanti Polar Lipids, Pelham, AL. The composition of phosphate buffered saline (PBS) was NaCl 137 mM, KCl 2.7 mM, Na2HPO4 8.1 mM, KH2PO4 1.5 mM, with 0.5 mM sodium azide (lot #13F-0600) (Sigma). Spectra Por 2 (mol. cut-off 12-14,000) membrane discs were used for dialysis in teflon dialysis cells.
Stock lipid solutions were prepare as shown in Table 4. Briefly, enough cholesterol or phospholipids were dissolved individually in 10 ml chloroform to give the concentrations indicated in Table 4. Sodium cholate stock solution was prepared in methanol.
TABLE 4: Lipid C Composition a nd Stock Soi utiσns mg/10 ml MW μ moles/ mole % of HCCI3 10 ml total PL cholesterol (CH) 38 386 98.4 phosphatidylcholine (PC) 20 786 25.4 23.7 phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) 18 743 24.2 22.6 phosphatidylserine (PS) 23 832 27.6 25.7 sphingomyelin (SM) 22 731 30.1 28.1
TOTAL phosphoiipid (PL) 83 107.3 100.0
TOTAL lipid (including CH) 121 205.7 sodium cholate 20001 430.6 4644.7 in methanol
As shown in Table 5, the ratio of total phospholipid holesterol was approximately 1 :1. The detergen total lipid ratio was 9300 μmol/10 ml to 200 μmol/10 ml, or approximately 45: 1.
TABLE 5: Lipid:Choleβterol and Lipid: Detergent Ratios
Concentration (μmol 10 ml)
Total Cholesterol Molar Ratio Phosphoiipid
| Initial 107.3 98.4 0.92
Recovered after Dialysis 79.4 (74.0%) 69.2 (70.3%) 0.87
1Total amount of detergent used: 4 mg (20 μl) = 9300 μ oles
The phosphoiipid composition was based on the reported composition of the natural HIV-l envelope (L.M. Gordon et al. (1988), pp. 255-294 in: Lipid Domains and the Relationship to Membrane Function, R.C Aloia et al., Alan R. Liss, Inc., NY), as shown in Table 6. The minor fractions of 2.1 mole% phosphatidylinositol and 0.9 mole% phosphatidic acid, and the 5 mole% of "other" lipids were substituted by a larger fraction (25.7 mole% vs. 15.1 mole%) of PS.
TABLE 6: Lipid Composition of Artificial and Natural HIV-1 Envelope
Mole % of Total Phospholipids
LIPID C PE SM PS PI2 PAJ Other
Natural1 23.8 24.6 28.3 15.1 2.1 0.9 5.0
Artificial 23.7 22.6 28.1 25.7 n.a. n.a n.a.
1 Gordon et al., supra. PI = phosphatidylinositol 3PA = phosphatidic acid n.a. = not added
Of every lipid stock solution, 500 μl were combined in a round-bottom flask and 1000 μl ofthe sodium cholate stock solution were added. The organic solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen.
The lipid/detergent film was dispersed in 5.0 ml 10 mM PBS and sonicated for 10 minutes in a bath sonicator (Lab Supplies, Hicksville, NY) until solubilization ofthe lipids was completed. The clear liquid was transferred to a teflon dialysis cell equipped with a Spectra Por 2 membrane (MW cut-off 12-14,000) and dialyzed against 2 liters of
PBS with 5 buffer changes after 5, 8, 16, 24, and 48 hours. The buffer was purged with N2 over the entire time of dialysis. The samples were removed form the dialysis cell after a total dialysis time of 54-56 hours and stored at 4°C.
The size and size distribution ofthe artificial envelopes was analyzed using a NICOMP™ Model 370 laser particle sizer (Particle Sizing Systems, St. Barbara, CA). A typical example of a homogenous population of vesicles had an average size of 216 nm ± 82 nm (S.D.) and achi2 value of 1.39. The reproducibility of preparation was remarkable. A total of 15 samples prepared was found to have an average diameter of 250 mm with an extremely narrow standard deviation ofthe mean of 26 nm. The ultrastructure ofthe vesicles was determined by freeze-fracture electron microscopy. The results ofthe electron microscopy showed perfectly unilamellar artificial envelopes.
Cholesterol was determined according to the method of A. Zlatkis et al. (1953), J. Lab. Clin. Med. 41:486-492. A total of 267.1 μg CH/ml, corresponding to 76.3% ofthe original total amount of CH, were recovered.
For phosphoiipid analysis a sample was extracted according to the method of E.G. Bligh et al. (1959), Can. J. Biochem. Phys. 39:911-917. A quantitative phosphoiipid assay was performed according to the method of J.C.M. Stewart (1980), Anal. Biochem. 104:10-14. In a typical experiment, a total of 613.8 μg PL/ml, corresponding to 74.0% of the original total amount of PL, was recovered.
The final phosphoiipid: cholesterol ratio was 0.87, only slightly different than the original ratio of 0.92.
Example 4: Demonstration that compressed polynucleotides are more readily encapsulated
Compressed polynucleotides are encapsulated into AVE particles by a reconstitution method. AVE particles are formed beforehand; the empty AVE are then dried down into a lipid film in a round bottom flask. A solution containing the compressed polynucleotide is added, and as the AVE become suspended in the solution, the polynucleotide is encapsulated.
The AVE formed for this Example, and for Examples 8, and 9, were prepared by the extrusion method. The phospholipid-cholesterol mixture used was as shown in Table 7:
TABLE 7: Preferred Phosphoiipid Mixture
Phosphoiipid Relative molar quantity
Palmitoleylphosphatidylcholine (POPC) 0.259
Egg Phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) 0.253
Sphingomyelin (SM) 0.287
Phosphatidylserine (PS) 0.175
Phosphatidylinositol (PI) 0.126
Cholesterol (CH) 1.000
Phospholipids were purchased from Avanti or Genzyme. The phospholipid- cholesterol mixture was prepared in ~5 ml chloroform, dried down in the bottom of a glass flask by rotoevaporation at 40°C. PBS was added at the level of 1 ml/10 mg residue, and the AVE were extruded through a 0.2 μm polycarbonate filter under N2 pressure. They were then transferred to a small vial, and lyophilized for 18-24 h until dry. The plasmid solution was added, and the flask was shaken to reconstitute the vesicles and encapsulate the plasmid.
To determine the proportion of AVE particles that take up compressed plasmids in the encapsulation step, studies were performed using plasmid which had been labeled by intercalation of the fluorescent DNA dye TOTO- 1 ™ (Example 1 ). The labeled DNA was combined with peptide and incubated as described in Example 2. The compressed polynucleotide was then encapsulated into AVE particles by the reconstitution method. The particles were extruded through a sizing filter to reduce their size down to about 250 nm. Quantitation of fluorescence was performed in a FACScan fluorescent cell sorter (Becton Dickinson), and analyzed using Lysis 2 software.
Figure 4 shows the results of this analysis. The left side of each panel shows the size ofthe particle (Y-axis) versus relative fluorescence (X-axis). The right side of each panel shows the frequency (Y-axis) versus relative fluorescence (X-axis). Fluorescent AVE particles were defined as any particle having a relative fluorescence of 10 or more
(region "Ml "). The sample analyzed in Fig. 4a was AVE formed in the absence of DNA. This shows the background fluorescence due to the AVE envelope alone. The sample analyzed in Fig. 4b was AVE containing fluorescent DNA which had not been compressed before the encapsulation step. The percentage of particles containing DNA molecules was 31.80%. In other words, less than 1/3 ofthe liposomes contained DNA. Fig. 4c was AVE containing fluorescent DNA which had been compressed with polypeptides with an amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID NO:2. The percentage of particles containing fluorescent molecules was 73.40%. In other words, almost 3/4 ofthe liposomes contained DNA. To determine the proportion of plasmid that is taken up by AVE, experiments were conducted in which the plasmid was labeled with 3 P. The labeled plasmid was combined with the compressing peptide and incubated as before. The compressed plasmid was then encapsulated in AVE according to the reconstitution method. Encapsulation efficiency was determined by treating the AVE suspension with DNAse I for 30 minutes at 37°C. (encapsulated plasmid DNA is protected from DNAse digestion), removing digested plasmid DNA by column chromatography, and measuring the remaining radioactivity. Since encapsulated plasmid DNA is protected from DNAse digestion, the amount of label remaining in the high molecular weight fraction is proportional to the amount of encapsulated plasmid. The results of this analysis showed that when the peptide was combined with the plasmid DNA the efficiency of encapsulation by the AVE increased from 24% to 64%.
Example 5: Preparation of AVE with a tissue targeting component from RSV
Isolated RSV glycoproteins F and G were obtained from E. Walsh, Rochester,
NY, and were purified by affinity chromatography according to standard methods. Purity was assessed by SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and Coomassie Blue stain. Western blots showed no cross-reactivity of F glycoprotein with G glycoprotein and vice versa. The glycoprotein stock solutions contained 175 μg/ml G glycoprotein (-90,000 Da) and 350 μg/ml F glycoprotein (-48,000 Da), respectively.
The glycoproteins were inserted into AVE prepared by the dialysis method as in Example 3. The insertion was performed by a second dialysis step before encapsulation ofthe polynucleotide. The pre-formed envelopes were filtered through 0.22 μm filters (Acrodisc) and 2.5 ml of these were mixed under aseptic conditions with 0.5 of a filtered aqueous solution of deoxycholate (lipid:detergent molar ratio about 8) and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. Partial solubilization was observed with electron microscopy of a vesicle sample treated similarly. The glycoprotein solution was added aseptically, gently mixed, and kept for 45 minutes at room temperature. The mixture was then dialyzed in the cold (4°C) against 2 liters of Tris (10 mM, pH 7.8, containing 0.5 mM NaN3) with 5 buffer changes at 4, 8, 16, and 48 hours. The buffer was purged with N2 for the entire time of dialysis. The sample was removed after 56 hours and analyzed for size and inclusion ofthe glycoprotein on the outer vesicle surface.
Samples were prepared with 46.3 μl ofthe G glycoprotein stock solution only, one sample with 8.2 μl ofthe F glycoprotein stock solution only, or one sample with both 46.3 μl ofthe glycoprotein and 8.2 μl ofthe F glycoprotein stock solution. The corresponding lipid:protein ratios are shown in Table 8. Prior to use in subsequent experiments, the artificial RSV envelopes were centrifuged for 10 minutes in an Eppendorff microfuge and the CF solution replaced with PBS.
TABLE 8: Lipid :Proteln Ratio of Artificial RSV Envelopes
Glycoprotein Lipid Cone, Glycoprotein Cone, Molar Ratio (μmole/ml) (μmole/ml)
G 20.6 9 x 10 s 2.3 x 10s
F 20.6 6 x 10s 3.4 x 10s
G + F 20.6 1.5 X 100-4 1.4 x 10s
Example 6: Efficacy ofthe tissue targeting component
HEp-2 cells were grown on sterile coverslip flasks at 37°C and 5% CO2. When the cells were approximately 50% confluent, they were washed with PBS and then used to perform fusion experiments. The AVE were prepared according to the description in
Example 5, except that they were labeled by preparing them in the presence of 6- carboxyfluorescein (6-CF) as an aqueous space marker, rather than a polynucleotide.
Fusion experiments were conducted as follows: To HEp-3 cells in Petri dishes were added 0.5 ml of one ofthe solutions containing the artificial envelopes without protein, with G glycoprotein only, with F glycoprotein only, or with both G and F glycoprotein as described in the previous example. A sample of AVE without glycoprotein was used as a negative control. An additional control was a solution containing 6-CF diluted 1 :20,000 only (no lipid control). Cells were replenished with 3 ml of a 1% DMEM cell culture medium and incubated at 37°C in 5% CO2. Cells were viewed after 1 , 2, 4, and 24 hours under a fluorescent microscope at 40X magnification and photographed under phase and fluorescent light.
Cells incubated with diluted CF solution did not fluoresce. Cells incubated with artificial envelopes without protein showed only faint occasional fluorescence. There was no detectable fluorescence from a field of cells incubated with lipid envelopes without protein (lipid control). Also, cells incubated with artificial envelopes containing RSV G glycoprotein or F glycoprotein only showed some, but relatively faint, fluorescence. However, practically all cells of a batch that had been incubated with the complete artificial RSV envelopes were fluorescent after 1 hour incubation. Fluorescence is in all cases diffuse within the cytoplasm ofthe cells, which confirms that the transfer process was a fusogenic process rather than a phagocytic process which would result in punctate fluorescence confined to intracellular vacuoles. These results demonstrate that the complete artificial RSV envelope is fusogenic and may therefore be used as a drug carrier to deliver polynucleotides directly into the cytoplasm of infected cells.
Example 7; Efficacy of the intracellular targeting component
Experiments were conducted to determine the effectiveness of nuclear localization signals by preparing complexes of fluorescently labeled plasmids (Example 1), a polypeptide with the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:2. In this experiment, the polynucleotide was delivered into the cells not via AVE, but using small cationic liposomes. The polypeptide used was the nuclear localization signal (NLS) from the large
T antigen of SV40. Once the three components were combined, the plasmids bound to the outside ofthe cationic liposomes, which provide a means of egress across the outer membrane ofthe target cell that is different from AVE.
Cells used for this series of experiments included the transformed human epithelial cell line 2-CFSME0-, containing the 6508 mutation in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (obtained from D. Gruenert, U. California San Francisco). These cells were cultured in D-MEM/F-12 at 37°C in 5% CO2. Cells used in microscopic studies were grown for 12 to 14 h on glass coverslips. Cultures used for expression studies were grown in 60 mm tissue culture dishes and transfected at 80-90% confluence. Also used were bovine pulmonary artery endothelial cells (BPAE) (Conary et al.).
Cationic liposomes consisted of 3β-[N-(N,,N'-dimethylaminoethane)-carbamoyl]- cholesterol (DC -Choi) complexed with Dioleylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE) in a 1 :1 (w/w) ratio: see X. Gao et al. (1991), Biochem. Biophys Res. Comm. 179:280-285. DC-Choi was obtained from L. Huang, University of Pittsburgh, PA. DOPE was purchased from Avanti Polar Lipids (Alabaster, AL). Cationic liposomes consisting of N- [l-(2,3-dioleyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride (DOTMA) and dioleylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE) (1 :1 wt/wt) (LIPOFECTIN™) were purchased from Life Technologies (Gaithersburg, MA). DOTMA also was received from Syntex Research (Palo Alto, CA).
DOTMA/DOPE liposomes were prepared by dissolving 5 mg of each component (6:5 DOTMA DOPE molar ratio) in 3 ml of CHC13, removing the organic solvent by rotoevaporation at 40°C for 45 min, and resuspending the lipid film in sterile double- distilled water under gentle swirling. The crude dispersion was agitated on a wrist-action shaker for 1 h at room temperature. Liposomes were reduced in diameter to <200 nm by high pressure homogenization with an Emulsiflex-B3 (Avestin, Ottawa, Canada), using approximately 15 cycles at 16,000 psi nitrogen pressure. The final lipid concentration was determined calorimetrically according to a modification (13). Liposomes were prepared at stock concentrations of 10 mg/ml (15 μmoles/ml) total lipid; working concentrations were 1 mg/ml or less. Liposomes were stored in glass vials at 4°C under nitrogen.
DC-Chol/DOPE liposomes were prepared by mixing 4.5 mg of each component (6:4 DC-Chol/DOPE molar ratio) in 2 ml CHC13. Rotoevaporation and dispersion in water were done as described above. The flask was briefly sonicated to ensure removal of all lipid from the vessel wall and hydration continued in the refrigerator overnight before the preparation was homogenized and analyzed as described above.
CAT or PAP plasmids were pre-incubated with the intracellular targeting peptide. Liposome and plasmid solutions were then combined under gentle swirling following dilution of both components with water. Typically, the final lipid concentration was 180 μg/ml and the coπesponding plasmid concentration was 60 μg/ml. The final mixture was incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature before use.
Transfection experiments were performed on cells grown in 60 mm cell culture dishes to between 80 and 90% confluence. Each plate received 20 μg of plasmid DNA combined with 60 μg of cationic liposome. Location ofthe fluorescently labeled plasmid within the cells was performed by low-light fluorescent microscopy. A cooled CCD camera (Star 1 camera, Photometries, Tucson, AZ) and an Axo Video Program (Axon Instruments, Foster City, CA) was used. The tissue culture dish was mounted in a heated (37°C) microscope stage with the coverslip directly over the microscope objective. The shutter system on both the camera and the fluorescent light source was programmed to record images at 2 minute intervals. Cells were transfected with labeled DNA (6 μg) combined with 18 μg of DOTMA/DOPE, 60 sec before the first image was recorded.
These visualization studies showed that 24 h after transfection of BPAE cells with complexes without the targeting component, only low levels of fluorescence could be detected within the cells (Figure 5, Top Panel). When NLS was included as part ofthe complexes, the nuclei were fluorescent and distinct from the other cell components (Figure 5, Bottom Panel). When 2-CFME0- cells were transfected with RV-PAP, the expression of enzymatically active PAP could be determined with a histochemical stain, and was augmented when the plasmid had been prepared using the NLS peptide.
To quantitate the degree to which the improved targeting ofthe plasmid to the cell nucleus resulted in improved expression ofthe plasmid, experiments were conducted in which the CAT plasmid was used as a reporter sequence. Two days following transfection the 2-CFME0- cells, CAT activity was determined as previously described
(K.L. Brigham et al. (1989), Am. J. Respir. Cell Mol. Biol. 1 :95-100). All assay data was normalized for protein using the BioRad Dye Reagent (BioRad Laboratories, Inc., Melville, NY) with bovine serum albumin as a standard.
Figure 6 shows the results of this experiment (Con = untransfected cells; Lipo = nucleic acid/liposome complex only; Pep = complexes also containing nuclear targeting peptide in the amount shown (relative to 30 units of DNA, wt/wt)). Expression ofthe CAT plasmid in the cells was augmented when the cells were transfected with complexes comprising the NLS peptide. The effect was concentration dependent. The peak expression observed (0.5:30, peptide:DNA, wt/wt) was nearly 8 times greater than that observed for the complexes without the peptide.
Example 8: AVE with compressed nucleic acid enhances protein expression in vitro
In vitro transfer using AVE containing a compressed plasmid was performed as follows: AVE were prepared by the extrusion method as described in Example 4.
Glycoprotein F ofthe RSV was added by the method described in Example 5. The AVE were then reconstituted in the presence of plasmid pRV-PAP. The encapsulated plasmid was placed into 35 mm Petri dishes containing confluent cultures of cells from lung tissue. The cells were grown from a human patient with cystic fibrosis. After an additional 48 h in culture, the cells were washed twice with saline, fixed with glutaraldehyde/formaldehyde, heat treated to inactivate the endogenous alkaline phosphatase (placental alkaline phosphatase is heat stable). The enzymatically active alkaline phosphatase was then stained with SIGMAFAST RED™.
When stained sections were viewed under the microscope at ~40x magnification, fields of about 100 cells were seen. From the cultures treated with pRF-PAP containing AVE, typically about 8 cells showed substantial amounts of red staining; the rest ofthe cells in the field remained unstained. From the cultures treated with empty AVE, none of the cells showed detectable staining.
Example 9: AVE with compressed nucleic acid increases protein expression in vivo
In vivo transfer using AVE containing a compressed plasmid was performed as using both the CAT and PAP plasmids. The AVE were prepared and the plasmid was encapsulated by the reconstitution method, as described in Example 8.
In one experiment, pCMV4-CAT was compressed using a peptide with the sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:2. The F surface glycoprotein of RSV was prepared by extrusion, then inserted into the AVE as a tissue targeting component, and used to encapsulate the compressed plasmid. Rats were anesthetized and a dose of 100 μg ofthe plasmid (in 180 μl total volume) instilled into their lungs via a syringe connected to a thin endotracheal tube. Control animals were treated identically with AVE inserted with glycoprotein F and containing saline, rather than a plasmid.
Animals were sacrificed after 48 hours and lungs, liver, and kidneys were analyzed for CAT activity. The organs were flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen, minced and extracted. CAT expression is quantitated by the conversion of [' C]-choramphenicol added as a substrate to chloramphenicol acetate, when incubated with the tissue extract. Data were normalized for the number of cells (< oπesponding to the amount of protein) present and are expressed as cpm/mg protein/hr. Only values > 400 cpm/mg/hr are considered to be significantly above background. Results are shown in Figure 7 for 3 animals in both the CAT plasmid treated
(EXP) and control (CONTR) groups. The lungs showed significant expression of CAT above background levels. As one would expect, there was practically no expression in the liver. Expression of CAT in the kidney is most likely due to spill-over ofthe gene product via the lymph into the systemic circulation from where it would reach the kidneys.
In a second experiment, AVE containing an expression plasmid was injected intravenously into rats to examine the requirement for tissue targeting from the general circulation. The PAP plasmid was compressed as described above for CAT, and then encapsulated into an AVE. The AVE had been previously inserted with the F glycoprotein of RSV .
Anesthetized rats were injected in a tail vein with a dose of 600 μl AVE containing 100 μg ofthe PAP gene. Control animals were treated with AVE containing saline. The animals were allowed to recover, and were given food and water ad libitum for 60 h. They were then sacrificed and organs were preserved in paraforaldehyde. Thin frozen sections were heated to 60°C for 10 min to inactivate endogenous alkaline phosphate activity. They were then incubated with SIGMAFAST RED™ histochemical stain for 1 h.
Figure 8 Top and Bottom panels show lung sections from animals treated respectively with the plasmid-containing AVE or control AVE (40x magnification). The field shows alveolar epithelial cells, endothelial cells, and the vascular bed, along with erythrocytes located in the vasculature. There is essentially no staining of any ofthe cells. This indicates that there is no expression ofthe PAP gene, probably because the AVE were blocked from reaching the epithelial cells by the endothelial layer.
Figure 9 Top & Bottom panels show kidney sections from the same animals as in Figure 8 (40 x magnification). In the animal treated with plasmid-containing AVE (Top panel), PAP expression is evident by the dark-staining patches that occur around some of the open tubule sections. There was only a relatively low level of staining in the animal treated with control AVE (Bottom panel).
In a third experiment, AVE containing the PAP plasmid were again used for intravenous administration. However, in this case, the AVE were specifically targeted to the endothelium ofthe lung using serotonin.
In order to provide AVE expressing serotonin on the surface, serotonin was first linked covalently to a phosphoiipid. N-glutaraldehyde substituted phosphatidyl ethanolamine was obtained from Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis. It was mixed with serotonin in the presence of ethylenediamine carbodiimide (EDC) to form a linkage from the C-terminal of serotonin to the N-group ofthe substituted PE. Reaction conditions were essentially as described in V. Weissig et al. (1993), pp. 231-234 in Liposome Technology (2nd ed.) G. Gregoridas. The serotonin-linked PE was then included as a minor component in the phospholipid-detergent matrix during the initial formation ofthe lipid envelopes. The compressed PAP plasmid was then encapsulated in the AVE by the reconstitution method, as before.
Figure 10 (Top Panel) shows a lung section from an animal treated 60 h previously with 600 μl of AVE containing 100 μg PAP plasmid. The section is stained with SIGMAFAST RED™ to display PAP enzymatic activity. There is staining in individual cells scattered throughout the section away from the alveolar lumen, which is the expected pattern for lung endothelial cells. Figure 10 (Bottom Panel) shows a kidney section from a similarly treated animal. The staining pattern is similar to that in the Top Panel of Figure 9, indicating that serotonin-targeted AVE have a tendency to localize in both the lung and the kidney.
Example 10: Stability of artificial viral envelopes
In this study, the stability of AVE was assessed at room temperature and when refrigerated. AVE were prepared by dissolving phospholipids and cholesterol in chloroform, and removing the solvent by rotoevaporation. The resulting film was suspended by gentle swirls in iso-osmotic sterile-filtered glycerol (292 mmol/kg, adjusted to pH 7.01), followed by 1 h of agitation at room temperature on a wrist-action shaker. The AVE were then subjected to several cycles of freeze-thawing. The vesicle size was reduced to -800 nm by nitrogen pressure extrusion (Lipex Biomembranes, Vancouver, Canada), using a polycarbonate membrane (Poretics Corp., Livermore CA). The AVE encapsulated no material other than solvent, and comprised no targeting molecule.
Stability studies were conducted on AVE suspensions at 50 mg/mL, 10 mg/mL, and 1 mg/mL, both at room temperature (20-36°C) and refrigerated (4-8°C). AVE were stored in Wheaton's clear borosilicate glass serum bottles capped with Wheaton's gray butyl rubber stoppers. A vacuum was created using an Edward's freeze-dryer. A small amount of nitrogen gas was introduced into the lyophilizer chamber before capping the bottles.
The mean diameter of stored AVE was determined weekly by laser light scattering using the Nicomp Model 370 laser particle sizer (Particle Sizing Systems, Santa Barbara CA). Phosphoiipid composition was assessed by chomatographing AVE on AL SIL G plates, comprising a s250 μm layer of silica gel on an aluminum backing (Whatman), using a solvent of CHCl3:MeOH: water of 65:25:4, and developing with iodine.
Figure 11 shows a representative result in which AVE were stored at 10 mg/mL in a refrigerator (upper panel) or at room temperature (lower panel). The pH of suspensions kept at room temperature or refrigerated was stable throughout the study (open bars). The size ofthe AVE was also stable (filled bars). Some alteration ofthe phosphoiipid composition was noticeable after 8 weeks, but did not impact the vesicle size or the pH. Sample sterility was verified weekly by striking a rich standard solid media plate with a 10 μL loop, and incubating at 37°C. All samples were negative for growth at 24 h.
Example 11: Preparation of bifunctional AVE targeted with serotonin
A synthetic chemist of ordinary skill will readily appreciate that a number of options are available to link molecules like serotonin onto lipids or sterols for constitution into liposomes. In the previous example, serotonin was linked onto PE. This example illustrates a method for linking serotonin onto cholesterol. When using glutarate as the linking group, cholesterol glutarate may be prepared first, and then serotonin attached. Alternatively, serotonin glutaramide may be prepared and then attached to cholesterol. The first method is generally more convenient, and is described here. The method is shown schematically in Figure 12.
Cholesterol glutarate (compound 1 in the Figure) is prepared as follows: In a dry 50 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a CaCl2 guard tube and a stirring system, the following are added: 2.5 g (6.5 mmol) cholesterol; 0.741 g (6.5 mmol) glutaric anhydride; in 20 mL anhydrous chloroform. After stirring for 2 min, 8.1 mg 4- dimethylaminopyridine is added. After stirring another 4 h at 25°C, a further 30 mL chloroform is added. Product is washed with 20 mL 2 N HCl, twice with 20 mL water, then dried over sodium sulfate. Evaporate. The crude product is purified on silica gel, eluting with 2%-4% methanol in chloroform.
N-[2-(3'(5'-hydroxyindole))ethyl]-6-(3-cholesteryloxy)-2,5-dioxohexylamine (compound 2 in the Figure) is prepared as follows: 350 mg (0.7 mmol) cholesterol glutarate is dissolved in 5 mL DMF, and a 1 M solution of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in 0.8 mL chloroform is added. After stiπing for 5 min, 170 mg (0.8 mmol) serotonur.HCl is added. After stirring for 4 h, 20 mL chloroform is added, and the product is washed
twice with 50 mL of a 3% solution of sodium bicarbonate and then with 50 mL water, then dried over sodium sulfate. Evaporate. The crude product is purified on a column of silica gel, eluting with 2% methanol in chloroform. Altematively, the product may be purified by crystalization. Identity ofthe product was confirmed by elemental analysis, mass spectrometry, and proton and I3C NMR. The purified product was nearly 100% pure.
Artificial viral envelopes comprising serotonin as a tissue targeting component have been prepared by mixing N-[2-(3,(5'-hydroxyindole))ethyl]-6-(3-cholesteryloxy)- 2,5-dioxohexylamine into the phospholipidxholesterol mixture before formation ofthe liposomes. Between about 0.1 and 5.0 mole percent may be used, with 0.25-0.5 mole percent being typical. For encapsulating nucleic acid, AVE are formed from the lipid mixture in the presence of a compressed polynucleotide.
Artificial viral envelopes have been prepared comprising the 23-amino acid peptide modeled in influenza hemagglutinin (SEQ. ID NO:7) as a fusogenic component. A synthetic chemist of ordinary skill will readily appreciate that a number of options are available to link peptides onto liposomes. Peptides already comprising a lipophilic region may be inserted into preformed liposomes, for example, as outlined in Example 5. Peptides not naturally comprising a lipophilic region may be synthesized with an additional transmembrane spanning region. Altematively, peptides may be synthesized attached to a non-amino-acid lipid-soluble component, such as palmytic or myristic acid. The structure of SEQ. ID NO:7 linked to palmytic acid is shown below:
H(CH2)15(CO)-GLFEAIEGFIENGWEGMIDGWYG-OH
Peptides are linked to palmytic or myristic acid as part ofthe peptide synthesis process. The peptide is synthesized on solid phase, starting from the C-terminus, and the lipophilic acid is added as the last unit at the amino acid end ofthe peptide. During this process, palmitic or myristic acid is activated the same was as an amino acid and coupled to the peptidic residue. The peptide is then cleaved form the solid phase and deprotected, as usual.
Details of preparation ofthe fusogenic component are as follows: Solid phase synthesis according to the method of Merrifield (J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1963) 85:2149) was conducted on a Model 432A SYNERGY™ peptide synthesizer from Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA. The peptidic chain being synthesized was linked via the C-terminus to a lightly cross-linked polystyrene resin, and each amino acid was added according to the following procedure: first, the 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc) protective group at the amino terminus ofthe growing peptide was removed with piperidine. The next amino acid in line (its amino function Fmoc protected) was then activated with a benzotriazolyl moiety and coupled to the growing peptide. This sequence is repeated until all amino acids ofthe sequence are added, followed by the addition of palmitic acid itself. The peptide is removed from the resin and secondary protecting groups are removed by reacting with trifluoroacetic acid (FT A). The peptide is then precipitated from the TFA using either, and filtered off. The peptide is dissolved in water containing 10% acetonitrile, and lyophilized. Between about 1 and 5 mole percent of palmytic acid-peptide conjugate may be constituted into liposomes, with about 1.6-2.5 mole percent being typical. The conjugate is constituted into liposomes either by mixing the conjugate into the solution used to form the liposomes, or more usually by inserting it into preformed liposomes by detergent softening. Bifunctional AVE targeted with serotonin are typically prepared as follows: A plasmid comprising a PAP reporter gene encoding sequence are compressed using a compression peptide consisting essentially of SEQ. ID NO:2, as described in Example 2. A lipid film containing phosphoiipid, cholesterol, and serotonin-linked cholesterol are dried as a lipid film on a round-bottom flask. An aqueous solution ofthe compressed polynucleotide is added, and liposomes form encapsulating the polynucleotide. To increase the proportion of unilamellar vesicles, the preparation is subjected to 5-6 cycles of freeze-thawing by incubating alternately in a dry ice/acetone bath and a 40-42°C water bath. Vesicles are sized by extrusion to 600-1000 nm. A conjugate ofthe 23 amino-acid fusogenic component shown in SEQ. ID NO: 7 linked to palmytic acid is inserted into the outer liposome membrane by insertion similar to the method outlined in Example 5. The AVE are incubated with the conjugate in the presence of deoxycholate, and then the
deoxycholate is removed by dialysis. Liposomes are characterized for lipid, peptide, and nucleic acid content. Routine size determination is conducted by laser light scattering.
Example 12: Components of bifunctional AVE work in concert to promote delivery of the encapsulated material
Liposomes were prepared that comprised: a) a phospholipidxholesterol envelope characteristic of AVE; b) serotonin as a tissue targeting component; c) a hemagglutinin 23-mer fusogenic component; d) a plasmid with the PAP reporter gene. A second preparation of liposomes comprised the fusogenic component but not the targeting component.
Three groups of five female Sprague Dawley rats received an intravenous injection of either: 1) saline; 2) AVE with the fusogenic component; or 3) AVE with both the fusogenic and targeting components. Two days later, animals were sacrificed, and expression ofthe reporter gene was analyzed in tissue homogenates. PAP encoded in the expression vector is thermally stable, whereas endogenous alkaline phosphatase is heat labile. The level of expression was measured by heating the tissue aliquot at 65 °C for 1 h, and then conducting a standard enzyme assay using the fluorometric substrate 4- methylumbelliferyl phosphate. Results were coπected for the protein concentration ofthe tissue aliquot and further analyzed by statistical analysis.
Results of targeted gene delivery in the lung of treated animals are shown in Figure 13. Basal expression determined in the saline treated animals is shown by the solid bar. PAP expression determined in animals treated with AVE having only fusogenic components is shown by the stippled bar. PAP expression determined in animals treated with AVE having both fusogenic and targeting components is shown by the open bar.
The approximate levels of expression observed were as follows: For the AVE comprising the fusogenic component but not serotonin, activity in nmol/mg protein/h was: lung, 0.46; liver, 2.28; kidney, 0.73; brain, 0.41; heart, 2.39; spleen, 1.62; ovary, 0.64. For the bifunctional AVE, activity was: lung, 1.51; liver, 9.18; kidney, 1.71 ; brain, 1.00; heart, 1.15; spleen, 1.56; ovary, 0.96.
The results show that AVE comprising the PAP expression vector and a fusogenic component increase expression in the lung (the tissue of interest) over basal levels by about 2.3 fold. AVE comprising both the fusogenic component and serotonin as a tissue targeting component increase expression over basal levels by about 8.1 fold.
Example 12: An expression vector for αi-antitrypsin
This example provides a pCMV4 expression vector including a coding sequence for human α,.antitrypsin (AAT), SEQ. ID NO:8. The plasmid can be incorporated into the liposome for targeting, for example, to the lung or liver. The plasmid is then capable of expression of AAT by the cells without incorporation into the chromosome.
The construct includes a short transcription augmenter sequence 5' to AAT encoding region, which increases the rate of translation. The construct also includes a human growth hormone 3' untranslated region, which stabilizes the transcript. Adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) is thought to involve a relative deficiency of AAT activity. Therefore, the delivery of this plasmid to the lungs may be therapeutic in many human conditions characterized by injury of the lungs. The plasmid made in accordance with this example does not replicate in eukaryotic cells. Therefore, the increased expression ofthe gene is transient. The plasmid is not readily incoφorated into the host DNA. Both of these characteristics enhance safety for human administration.
The plasmid construct was prepared as follows: Two oligonucleotide primers of twenty to thirty nucleotides were synthesized. One nucleotide was homologous to the 5' untranslated region immediately upstream (5') ofthe initiation codon. The second oligonucleotide was complementary to the 3' untranslated region immediately downstream (3') ofthe stop transcription codon. Both oligonucleotides had a one or two base substitution, creating a different restriction enzyme site in the untranslated regions of the amplified gene. The new restriction enzyme sites were approximately eight nucleotides downstream from the 5' end ofthe oligonucleotide. An EcoRl-EcoRl fragment of AAT cDNA from a phAT85 vector (gift of Dr. S.
Wog Baylor University) was used as a template. The AAT gene was amplified using
Vent DNA polymerase, 100 ng of target DNA, a programmable temperature cycler, and standard reaction conditions. A PCR reaction was conducted in a buffer of lOmM KCl, lOmM (NH4)2SO4, 20mM Tris pH 8.8, 2mM MgSO4, 0.1% Triton X-100, 2 units of Vent DNA polymerase, 200 mM each dNTP, and 1.0 mM each primer. Denaturing was done at 93.5° C, annealing at 56° C and extension at 75° C.
The PCR amplification product was cleaved with restriction enzymes Clal and Smal. The amplified gene was separated from small fragments nucleotides by gel filtration through an S-400 spin column. pCMV4 (Andersson et al. (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:8222-8224) was used as the expression vector. The vector backbone is pTZ18R (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ). The promoter consists of nucleotides -760 to +3 ofthe promoter-regulatory region ofthe human cytomegalovirus (Towne strain) major immediate early gene. Transcription termination and polyadenylation signals are supplied by sequence 1533 to 2157 of the human growth hormone. A synthetic fragment of DNA coπesponding to the 5'- untranslated region ofthe alfalfa mosaic virus 4 RNA is located in front ofthe polylinker region site and acts as a translational enhancer. pCMV4 was cleaved with Clal and Smal, then ligated with the AAT encoding sequence. After ligation, the pCMV4-AAT construct was transfected into fresh competent bacteria (E. coli NM522), prepared by standard methods (Hanahan, D. (1980) J. Mol. Biol. 166:557-580). After transfection, the bacteria were selected on plates containing carbenicillin. The colonies were grown up as individual liquid cultures for restriction nuclease analysis.
Properly constructed plasmid was purified by lysis ofthe bacteria and precipitation with polyethylene glycol. Plasmid was further purified by ultracentrifugation in isopycnic CsCl for 40 hours at 45,000 rpm. The isolated plasmid was precipitated with ethanol and resuspended in sterile water. It is important to deplete endotoxin (lipopolysaccharide A from gram negative bacterial). The method outlined reduces the level to about 45 pg of endotoxin/5μg of plasmid.
Plasmid DNA was purified from a 2 L liquid culture of E. coli strain XL-1 Blue by standard methods (Cuπent Protocols in Molecular Biology, pp. 1.7.1-1.7.1 1). Plasmid purity was determined by electrophoresis on submarine agarose gels.
Example 13: Delivery of an αj.antitrypsin expression vector into cells using AVE
Plasmid DNA comprising an AAT expression vector was prepared according to the previous example. Purified plasmid DNA was labeled with the intercalating dye TOTO™-l using a method similar to that outlined in Example 1. DNA and dye were coincubated at a ratio of 1 : 1000 (w/w) at room temperature for 15 min, and free dye was removed by precipitation with sodium acetate and ethanol. The labeled DNA was then compressed by combining with the compression peptide (SEQ. ID NO:2) at a ratio of 1 :30 (w/w) and incubating for 10 min at 37°C. This plasmid-peptide complex was added to dried lipid film and vesicles were formed by gentle shaking. Unilamellar vesicles were enriched by repeated freeze-thawing. The vesicles were extruded through a polycarbonate membrane and characterized by laser light particle sizing. No tissue targeting or fusogenic component was used in this experiment. AVE containing 20 μg DNA were applied to plates of HepG2 cells at about 60% confluence. Presence ofthe labeled DNA was observed by fluorescent light at 495 nm every hour.
Results of this experiment is shown in Figure 14. Figures A & B show the cells under normal (phase) illumination. Figures C & D show the cells photographed under fluorescent illumination. The presence of fluorescence in and around the nucleus indicates that the DNA had been delivered into the cell, and at least partially localized to the nucleus. This demonstrates that the AVE can be used to deliver an AAT expression vector.
Another experiment was conducted to determine whether delivering the AAT vector to the cells resulted in secretion of AAT. AVE encapsulating the pCMV-AAT expression vector were prepared as before, except that the DNA was not labeled. In one preparation, AVE contained the vector, but no tissue targeting or fusogenic component. In another preparation, AVE encapsulated not only the vector, but also a tetramer ofthe 23 amino-acid fusogenic peptide according to SEQ. ID NO:7. In this case, the fusogenic peptide was not attached to a lipophilic anchor; instead, it was encapsulated inside the
vesicles by including it in the aqueous phase added to the lipid film during vesicle formation.
Each ofthe two preparations was altematively used to transfect cultured BHK cells (20 μg DNA per plate). AAT expression was determined at various times after transfection by culturing the cells in serum-free medium. Twenty-one h after transfection, the culture medium was removed and replaced with medium free of phenol red and fetal bovine serum. The serum-free medium was collected 6 h later, aliquoted, and stored at - 80°C. The cells were returned to normal tissue culture medium, and then a second serum- free supernatant was collected in the same fashion at 45 h after transfection. An enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA) was designed that identified α, .anti trypsin using the double criteria of: a) ability to bind trypsin; and b) ability to bind antibodies to human AAT. An Immunon IV 96-well plate was coated with 50 μL/well bovine trypsin at 50 μg/mL in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) overnight at room temperature, or 2 h at 37°C. After washing with PBS, the wells were blocked with 50 μL PBS containing 0.25 g BSA, 50 μL Tween-20, and 1 mL 20% sodium azide per 100 mL, and rewashed. 50 μL culture supernatant or AAT control (6.25-500 ng/mL) was incubated in the wells for 1 h at 37°C. Plates were overlaid with 50 μL/well goat anti- human AAT diluted to 1 :500 in blocking buffer, followed by 50 μL/well rabbit anti-goat IgG diluted 1 :30,000. Plates were washed 5 times with water, then developed with substrate solution (97 mL diethanolamine, 101 mg MgCl2 and 1 mL 20% sodium azide per liter, adjusted to pH 9.8) for 1-2 h at 37°C, and the optical densities were measured at 405 nm.
Results of this experiment are shown in Figure 15. Levels of AAT detected were -2.5 fold higher after 24 h when the AVE comprised a fusogenic peptide (open bars) compared with AVE without a fusogenic peptide (filled bars). At 48 h, the levels obtained using the fusogenic peptide were -6.4 times higher. AAT may also be detected on a cell-by-cell basis by histochemical staining using anti- AAT.
The results show that the AVE can be used to deliver DNA, which in turn results in expression and secretion of bioactive protein by the treated cells. The presence of a fusogenic component enhances expression.
Example 14: Delivery of an antisense oligonucleotide using AVE
In this example, oligonucleotides complementary to human αi.antitrypsin were delivered to cultured cells in order to down-regulate AAT expression. This is of therapeutic interest for clinical conditions in which AAT is overexpressed. Cells used for this experiment were the human hepatocyte cell line HepG2, which has a constitutive level of AAT expression.
A series of overlapping DNA oligonucleotides of 20-50 residues in length are prepared by standard oligonucleotide synthesis techniques. The oligonucleotides are complementary to the naturally occurring AAT encoding sequence, focusing on the 3' half. Model oligonucleotides are listed in Table 9:
TABLE 9: Exemplary antisense oligonucleotides
Target gene Approximate SEQ. Sequence corresponding ID NO; nucleotide nos. α^antitrypsin 1240-1220 9 MAI I I I I GGϋ lGϋϋAI ICA αrantitrypsin 1120-1090 10 TTTCTCGTCGATGGTCAGCACAGCCTTATG
Separate preparations of AVE were prepared, using compressed or uncompressed oligonucleotides. Antisense oligonucleotides were compressed using "Peptide A", having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:2, at a ratio of 1 :30 (w/w) peptide:DNA. Oligonucleotides were then encapsulated into AVE by adding the solution to a dried lipid film, as described in previous examples.
In some experiments, oligonucleotides are synthesized incoφorating a CY3 dye molecule (Pharmacia) at the 5' end. AVE containing oligonucleotides labeled in this way are used to quantitate the delivery to HepG2 cells on an hourly basis by fluorescent microscopy.
Results of a representative experiment is shown in Figure 16. Figures A & B, labeled oligonucleotides were encapsulated directly into AVE; for Figures C & D, labeled oligonucleotides were compressed with Peptide A. In neither case did the AVE have fusogenic or targeting components. An estimated dose of 20 μg of
encapsulated labeled oligonucleotide was added to each flask of HepG2 cells, and the pattern of fluorescence inside the cells was photographed after 2 h.
In other experiments, unlabeled oligonucleotides is delivered to the cells in the AVE, and the cells are used to prepare serum-free culture supernatant as in Example 13. The supernatant is assayed by ELISA for the level of AAT expression. Downwards modulation of AAT expression is expected, compared with untreated cells or cells treated with empty AAV. Effectiveness of various fusogenic components and liver cell specific targeting components are compared to optimize the composition of bifunctional AVE.
Example 15: Delivery of small molecules using bifunctional AVE
Virtually any substance of therapeutic interest may be delivered using the liposomes of this invention, providing: a) they can be encapsulated within the liposomes; and b) they are sufficiently lipid insoluble so as not to partition into the liposome membrane and thereby out ofthe liposome, but remain encapsulated.
AVE comprising small molecules are modeled using propidium iodide, a 632 mol wt lipid-insoluble fluorescent marker. Encapsulation is performed by adding a solution of propidium iodide to a dried film of phosphoiipid and cholesterol, allowing the AVE to form. Unencapsulated propidium iodide is removed by gel filtration chromatography. The AVE formed in the presence of small molecules are generally smaller in diameter (100-200 nm) compared with those formed in the presence of polynucleotides several kb in size. Consequently, it is not necessary to down-size the AVE by extrusion, which may result in loss of some ofthe encapsulated material. Bifunctional AVE are prepared according to the methods described elsewhere in this disclosure. In one example, bifunctional AVE are prepared with encapsulated propidium iodide, N-[2-(3'(5'- hydroxyindole))ethyl]-6-(3-cholesteryloxy)-2,5-dioxohexylamine included in the lipid film as a lung-specific tissue targeting component, and a peptide comprising SEQ. ID NO: 7 inserted into the membrane by detergent softening as a fusogenic component. These AVE are tested for delivery in a culture model of lung tissue. Uptake of propidium iodide into the cells is measured in terms of both fluorescence intensity and percent of positively staining cells, and compared between AVE of different composition.
REFERENCES:
Articles
1. Allen TM. Long-circulating (sterically stabilised) liposomes for enhanced drug delivery. Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 15:215-220, 1994.
2. Altschul et al. Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603-616, 1986
3. Baru M. et al. Liposome-encapsulated DNA-mediated gene transfer and synthesis of human factor IX in mice. Gene 161 :143-150, 1995. 4. Behr J.P. et al. Efficient gene transfer into mammalian primary endocrine cells with lipopolyamine-coated DNA. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:6982-6986, 1989.
5. Behr J.P. et al. Synthetic gene-transfer vectors. Ace. Chem. Res. 26:274-278, 1993.
6. Block E. et al. Effect of plasma membrane fluidity on serotonin transport by endothelial cells. Am. J. Physiol. 22:C672-C678, 1987. 7. Bongartz J. et al. Improved biological activity of antisense oligonucleotides conjugated to a fusogenic peptide. Nuc. Ac. Res. 22:4681-4688, 1994.
8. Canonico A.E. et al. Aerosol and intravenous transfection of human αl-antitrypsin gene to lungs of rabbits. Am. J. Respir. Cell Mol. Biol. 10:24-29, 1994.
9. Chonn A. et al. Recent advances in liposomal drug-delivery systems. Curr. Op. Biotech. 6:698-708, 1995.
10. Conary J.T. et al. J. Clin. Invest. 93:1834-1840, 1994.
11. Das D. et al. Specific binding of serotonin in rat lung. Am. J. Physiol. 248:E58-E63, 1985.
12. Devaux P. et al. How lipid asymmetry can make vesicles fusion-competent by inhibition ofthe thermal undulations. Biochem. Soc. Transactions 21 :276-280, 1993.
13. Dingwall et al. Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 2:367-390, 1986.
14. Drumm M.L.et al. Cell 562:1227-1233, 1990.
15. Elorza B. et al. Comparison of particle size and encapsulation parameters of three liposomal preparations. J. Microencapsulation 10:237-248, 1993. 16. Fraley R. et al. Biochemistry 20:6978-6987, 1981
17. Fraley R. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 256:10431-10435, 1980
18. Friede M. et al. Selective induction of protection against influenza virus infection in mice by a lipid-peptide conjugate delivered in liposomes. Vaccine 12:791-797, 1994.
19. Ghosh P. et al. Targeting of liposomes to hepatocytes. In: Liver diseases, targeted diagnosis and therapy using specific receptors and ligands. G. Wu et al., eds. Marcel Dekker, NY pp 87-103, 1991.
20. Goldfarb D.S. et al. Nature 322:641-644, 1986.
21. Gonzalez-Rothi R. et al. Liposomes as a targeted drug delivery system to the lungs (abstract). Pharmaceut. Res. 12:S-314, 1995.
22. Gregoriadis G. (editor). Liposome technology 2nd edition. Volume I: Liposome preparation and related techniques. CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1993.
23. Gregoriadis G. (editor). Liposomes as drug caπiers. Wiley, New York, 1988.
24. Henikoff et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915-10919, 1992
25. Inex Pharmaceuticals Coφoration. Initial Public Offering Preliminary Prospectus, January 31, 1996. 26. Ishihara H. et al. Preparation of asialofetuin-labeled liposomes with encapsulated human interferon-gamma and their uptake by isolated rat hepatocytes. Pharm. Res. 7:542-546, 1990.
27. Lanford R.E. et al. Cell 37:801-813, 1984.
28. Laukkanen M. et al. Functional immunoliposomes harboring a biosynthetically lipid- tagged single-chain antibody. Biochem. 33:11664-11670, 1994.
29. Ledley F. Nonviral gene therapy: the promise of genes as pharmaceutical products. Human Gene Ther. 6:1129-1144, 1995.
30. Mori A. et al. Characterization of organ-specific immunoliposomes for delivery of 3,,5'-O-dipalmitoyl-5-fluoro-2'-deoxyuridine in a mouse lung-metastasis model. Cancer Chemother. Pharmacol. 35:447-456, 1995.
31. Mumtaz S. et al. Design of liposomes for circumventing the reticuloendothelial cells. Glyconiol. 1:505-510., 1991.
32. Muzyczka N. Cuπ. Top. Micro. Immunol. 158:97-129, 1992
33. Nussbaum O. et al. Reconstitution of Functional influenza virus envelopes and fusion with membranes and liposomes lacking virus receptors. J. Vir. 61 :2245-2252, 1987.
34. Oku N. et al. Long-circulating liposomes. Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Caπier Systems 11:231-270, 1994.
35. Puyal C. et al. Design of a short membrane-destabilizing peptide covalently bound to liposomes. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1195:259-266, 1994. 36. Rakowska M. et al. A fusogenic protein from rat brain microsomal membranes: partial purification and reconstitution into liposomes. J. Membrane Biol. 142:35-42, 1994.
37. Rosenfeld M.A. et al. Cell 68:143-155, 1993
38. Rubas W. et al. Incoφoration ofthe reovirus M cell attachment protein into small unilamellar vesicles: incoφoration efficiency and binding capability to L929 cells in vitro. J. Microencapsulation 7:385-395, 1990.
39. Schofield J. et al. Non- viral approaches to gene therapy. Brit. Med. Bulletin 51 :56-71, 1995.
40. Schreier H. et al. Int. J. Pharmaceut. 87:183-193, 1992. 41. Schultz-Gahmen B. et al. The bacillus subtilis nucleoid-associated protein HPB 12 strongly compacts DNA. J. Bacteriology. 176:50-60, 1994.
42. Thierry A. et al. Systemic gene therapy: biodistribution and long-term expression of a transgene in mice. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92: 9742-9746, 1995.
43. Tranum-Jensen J. et al. Membrane topology of insulin receptors reconstituted into lipid vesicles. J. Membrane Biol. 140:215-223, 994.
44. Trubetskoy V.S. et al. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1131:311-313, 1993.
45. Vemuri S. et al. Preparation and characterization of liposomes as therapeutic delivery systems: a review. Pharm. Acta Helvetiae 70:95-111 , 1995.
46. Vengerov Y.Y. et al. Torus-shaped particles formed due to intermolecular condensation of circular DNA upon interaction with synthetic tripeptide. FEBS
180:81-84, 1985.
47. Walther FJ et al. Uptake of antioxidants in surfactant liposomes is enhanced by SP-A. Am. J. Physiol. 265:L330-339, 1993.
48. Watwe R. et al. Manufacture of liposomes: A review. Cuπ. Sci. 68:715-724., 1995. 49. Wilson J.M. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 267:11483-11489, 1992.
Patent Publications
EP 0036277 Papahadjopoulos et al. (liposome-protein complexes) EP 0047480 Thibodeau et al. (immunosome, detergent insertion) EP 0273085 Myers et al. (internalizing nucleic acids) EP 0274581 MPI Medizinische (encapuslation method) EP 0366770 Konigsberg et al. (liposomes coupled to hormones) U.S. 4,078,052 Papahadjopolos et al. (liposomes encapsulating DNA) U.S. 4,515,736 Deamer (encapsulation method) U.S. 4,544,545 Ryan et al. (modified cholesterol) U.S. 4,737,323 Martin et al. (Liposome Tech)(liposome extrusion method) U.S. 4.761,287 Geho et al. (serotonin-containing vesicles) U.S. 4,762,915 Kung et al. (liposome anchor) U.S. 4,895,719 Radhakrishnan et al (dehydrated liposomes, inhalation) U.S. 4,920,016 Allen et al. (enhanced circulation liposomes) U.S. 5,000,960 Wallach et al. (liposome anchor) U.S. 5,008,050 Cullis et al. (Liposome Co) (liposome extrusion method) U.S. 5,019,369 Presant et al. (Vestar) (liposomes for tumor targeting) U.S. 5,059,421 Loughrey et al. (Liposome Co)(targeted liposomes) U.S. 5,109,113 Caras et al. (membrane anchor fusion peptides) U.S. 5,252,348 Schreier et al. (aritifical viral envelopes) U.S. 5,258,499 Konigsberg et al. (liposomes targeted with cytokine) U.S. 5,374,548 Caras (Genentech) (glycophospholipid anchor) U.S. 5,435,989 Presant et al. (liposome targeting, RES blocking) WO 92/06192 Scolaro et al. (liposomes with anti-sense oligos) WO 92/19267 Gluck et al. (influenza virosomes) WO 92/19730 Brigham et al. (construct for in vivo expression) WO 93/12756 Debs et al. (aerosolized transgene delivery) WO 95/12387 Collins (encapsulation method) WO 95/25234 Kan et al. (targeting specific tissue)
WO 95/35094 Webb et al. (Inex) (enhanced circulation liposomes)
WO 95/32706 Wilschut et al. (Inex) (virosome with hemagglutinin)
WO 95/34647 Conary et al. (nucleic acid delivery)
SEQUENCE LISTINGS:
Sequence Description Typ pee
1 KKKKK K Compressing peptide Peptide
2 PKKKR KVKKK KK Compressing peptide & nuclear targeting Peptide
3 PKKKR KVLKK KKK Compressing peptide & nuclear targeting Peptide
4 PKKKR KV Nuclear targeting (SV40 sequence) Peptide
5 KRPRE DDDGE PSERK RER Nuclear targeting (plant sequence) Peptide
6 MLFNL RILLD DAAFR DGKKK Mitochondrial targeting Peptide
7 GLFEA IEGFI ENGWE GMIDG WYG Fusion peptide modeled from influenza Peptide hemagglutinin
8 (as shown) human c^-antitrypsin encoding region Nucleic acid
9 M A I I ! I I GGGTGGGATTCA αrantitrypsin antisense oligonucleotide Nucleic acid
10 TTTCTCGTCGATGGTCAGCACAGC α^antitrypsin antisense oligonucleotide Nucleic acid CTTATG
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0: 1:
Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys
1 5
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2:
Pro Lys Lys Lys Arg Lys Val Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys 1 5 10
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3:
Pro Lys Lys Lys Arg Lys Val Leu Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys 1 5 10
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:4:
Pro Lys Lys Lys Arg Lys Val 1 5
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:5:
Lys Arg Pro Arg Glu Asp Asp Asp Gly Glu Pro Ser Glu Arg Lys Arg 1 5 10 15
Glu Arg
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:6:
Met Leu Phe Asn Leu Arg He Leu Leu Asp Asp Ala Al a Phe Arg Asp 1 5 10 15
Gly Lys Lys Lys 20
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:7:
Gly Leu Phe Glu Ala He Glu Gly Phe He Glu Asn Gly Trp Glu Gly 1 5 10 15
Met He Asp Gly Trp Tyr Gly 20
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:8:
CTGGGACAGT GAATCGACAA TGCCGTCTTC TGTCTCGTGG GGCATCCTCC TGCTGGCAGG 60
CCTGTGCTGC CTGGTCCCTG TCTCCCTGGC TGAGGATCCC CAGGGAGATG CTGCCCAGAA 120
GACAGATACA TCCCACCATG ATCAGGATCA CCCAACCTTC AACAAGATCA CCCCCAACCT 180
GGCTGAGTTC GCCTTCAGCC TATACCGCCA GCTGGCACAC CAGTCCAACA GCACCAATAT 240 CTTCTTCTCC CCAGTGAGCA TCGCTACAGC CTTTGCAATG CTCTCCCTGG GGACCAAGGC 300
TGACACTCAC GATGAAATCC TGGAGGGCCT GAATTTCAAC CTCACGGAGA TTCCGGAGGC 360
TCAGATCCAT GAAGGCTTCC AGGAACTCCT CCGTACCCTC AACCAGCCAG ACAGCCAGCT 420
CCAGCTGACC ACCGGCAATG GCCTGTTCCT CAGCGAGGGC CTGAAGCTAG TGGATAAGTT 480
TTTGGAGGAT GTTAAAAAGT TGTACCACTC AGAAGCCTTC ACTGTCAACT TCGGGGACAC 540 CGAAGAGGCC AAGAAACAGA TCAACGATTA CGTGGAGAAG GGTACTCAAG GGAAAATTGT 600
GGATTTGGTC AAGGAGCTTG ACAGAGACAC AGTTTTTGCT CTGGTGAATT ACATCTTCTT 660
TAAAGGCAAA TGGGAGAGAC CCTTTGAAGT CAAGGACACC GAGGAAGAGG ACTTCCACGT 720
GGACCAGGTG ACCACCGTGA AGGTGCCTAT GATGAAGCGT TTAGGCATGT TTAACATCCA 780
GCACTGTAAG AAGCTGTCCA GCTGGGTGCT GCTGATGAAA TACCTGGGCA ATGCCACCGC 840 CATcπcπc CTGCCTGATG AGGGGAAACT ACAGCACCTG GAAAATGAAC TCACCCACGA 900
TATCATCACC AAGTTCCTGG AAAATGAAGA CAGAAGGTCT GCCAGCTTAC ATTTACCCAA 960
ACTGTCCATT ACTGGAACCT ATGATCTGAA GAGCGTCCTG GGTCAACTGG GCATCACTAA 1020
GGTCTTCAGC AATGGGGCTG ACCTCTCCGG GGTCACAGAG GAGGCACCCC TGAAGCTCTC 1080
CAAGGCCGTG CATAAGGCTG TGCTGACCAT CGACGAGAAA GGGACTGAAG CTGCTGGGGC 1140 CATGTTTTTA GAGGCCATAC CCATGTCTAT CCCCCCCGAG GTCAAGTTCA ACAAACCCTT 1200
TGTCTTCTTA ATGAπGAAC AAAATACCAA GTCTCCCCTC πCATGGGAA AAGTGGTGAA 1260
TCCCACCCAA AAATAACTGC CTCTCGCTCC TCAACCCCTC CCCTCCATCC CTGGCCCCCT 1320
CCCTGGATGA CATTAAAGAA GGGTTGAGCT GG 1352 SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:9: πATTTTTGG GTGGGATTCA 20
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10:
TTTCTCGTCG ATGGTCAGCA CAGCCTTATG 30
Claims
What is claimed as the invention is:
A liposome comprising a synthetic lipid vesicle and a compressed polynucleotide encapsulated by said vesicle.
2. The liposome of claim 1, wherein the synthetic lipid vesicle is essentially unilamellar, between 100 nm and 1000 nm in size, and has a cholesterol :phospholipid molar ratio between 0.5 and 1.2.
3. The liposome of claim 1 , which is an artificial viral envelope (AVE).
4. The liposome of claim 1, also comprising a polypeptide bound to the polynucleotide.
5. The liposome of claim 4, wherein the polypeptide comprises a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% of the amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7.
6. The liposome of claim 1, also comprising a tissue targeting component.
7. The liposome of claim 6, wherein the tissue targeting component is specific for lung endothelial cells.
8. The liposome of claim 6, wherein the tissue targeting component is serotonin.
9. The liposome of claim 1, wherein the polynucleotide encodes αl-antitrypsin or α-interferon.
10. A liposome comprising a lipid vesicle with an inner and outer surface, and a tissue targeting component exposed on the outer surface which is serotonin.
11. The liposome of claim 10, encapsulating a substance selected from the group consisting of polynucleotides, peptides, drugs, and toxins.
12. The liposome of claim 11 , wherein me substance is a compressed polynucleotide.
13. A bifunctional liposome, comprising a synthetic lipid vesicle, a tissue targeting component, and a fusogenic component, wherein the tissue targeting component and the fusogenic component do not naturally occur together on a single molecule or a single viral particle.
14. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13, wherein the synthetic lipid vesicle is essentially unilamellar, between 100 nm and 1000 nm in size, and has a cholesterol :phospholipid molar ratio between 0.5 and 1.2.
15. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13, which is an artificial viral envelope (AVE).
16. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13, wherein the tissue targeting component and the fusogenic component are covalently linked to each other or to a single polypeptide.
17. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13, wherein the tissue targeting component and the fusogenic component are independently anchored in the synthetic lipid vesicle.
18. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13, wherein the fusogenic component comprises an influenza hemagglutinin peptide.
19. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13 comprising an encapsulated polynucleotide, obtainable by a process comprising the steps of: a) encapsulating the polynucleotide in the lipid vesicle; b) contacting the lipid vesicle formed in step a) with the tissue targeting component in the presence of a detergent; c) contacting the lipid vesicle formed in step a) with the fusogenic component in the presence of a detergent; and d) removing the detergent(s) used in steps b) and c).
20. The bifunctional liposome of claim 19, wherein the encapsulated polynucleotide is compressed by contacting the polynucleotide with a polypeptide comprising a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% ofthe amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7.
21. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13 comprising an encapsulated polynucleotide, obtainable by a process comprising the steps of: a) encapsulating the polynucleotide in a lipid vesicle comprising a phosphoiipid or sterol to which the tissue targeting component is covalently attached; b) contacting the lipid vesicle formed in step a) with the tissue targeting component in the presence of a detergent; and c) removing the detergent.
22. A bifunctional liposome of claim 13 comprising an encapsulated polynucleotide, obtainable by a process comprising the steps of: a) encapsulating the fusogenic component and the polynucleotide in a lipid vesicle comprising a phosphoiipid or sterol to which the tissue targeting component is covalently attached; b) contacting the lipid vesicle formed in step a) with the fusogenic component in the presence of a detergent; and c) removing the detergent.
23. A method of compressing a polynucleotide, comprising the step of contacting the polynucleotide with a polypeptide comprising a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% of the amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7.
24. A method of preparing an encapsulated compressed polynucleotide, comprising the steps of: a) providing a polynucleotide compressed according to the method of claim 23; and b) forming a lipid vesicle of between 100 and 1000 nm that encapsulates the compressed polynucleotide.
25. The method of claim 24, further comprising inserting a tissue targeting component into the lipid vesicle following step b).
26. A method of delivering a polynucleotide to a cell, comprising contacting the cell with the liposome of claim 1.
27. A method of modulating expression of a protein by a cell, comprising contacting the cell with the liposome of claim 1, wherein said compressed polynucleotide comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding the protein or a fragment thereof, or a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a sequence encoding the protein or a fragment thereof.
28. A method of delivering a polynucleotide to a cell in an individual, comprising administering to the individual the liposome of claim 1.
29. A method of delivering a substance to a lung endothelial cell in an individual, comprising administering to an individual the liposome of claim 10 encapsulating the substance.
30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the liposome of claim 1. 31. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the bifunctional liposome of claim 13.
32. A method for preparing a pharmaceutical composition, comprising mixing the liposome of claim 1 with a pharmaceutically compatible excipient.
33. A method of gene therapy, comprising the steps of: a) obtaining cells from an individual in need ofthe gene therapy; b) genetically altering the cells by delivering to the cells a polynucleotide by the method of claim 26; and c) readministering the genetically altered cells to the individual.
34. A method of gene therapy, comprising administering to an individual an effective amount ofthe pharmaceutical composition of claim 30.
AMENDED CLAIMS
[received by the International Bureau on 10 June 1 97 (10.06.97), original claims 1, 13, 23 and 24 amended; remaining claims unchanged (5 pages)]
1 A liposome compπsing a svnthetic neutral or anionic lipid vesicle and a compressed polynucleotide encapsulated by said vesicle
2 The liposome of claim 1 wherein the svnthetic lipid vesicle is essentialh unilamellar. between 100 nm and 1000 nm m size and has a cholesterol phosphoiipid molar ratio between 0 5 and I 2
3 The liposome ol claim 1. having a lipid composition resembling that ol a naturally occurring virus or viral panicle
4 The liposome of claim 1 also compπsing a polypeptide bound to the polvnucleotide
5 1 he liposome oi claim 4 wherein the polypeptide comprises a linear sequence ot at least 7 amino acids ot which at least 50% ot the ammo acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7
6 The liposome of claim 1. also compπsing a tissue targeting component
7 The liposome of claim 6. wherein the tissue targeting component is specific for lung endothelial cells
8 The liposome of claim 6 wherein the tissue targeting component is serotonin
9 The liposome ol claim 1 w herein the po nucleotide encodes t-1 -anturvpsιn or (x- terferon 10. A liposome comprising a lipid vesicle with an inner and outer surface, and a tissue targeting component exposed on the outer surface which is serotonin.
1 1 . The liposome of claim 10. encapsulating a substance selected from the group consisting of polynucleotides. peptides. drugs, and toxins.
12. The liposome of claim 1 1. wherein the substance is a compressed polynucleotide.
13. A bifunctional liposome. comprising a synthetic lipid vesicle, a tissue targeting component, and a fusogenic component, wherein the tissue targeting component is distinct from an antibody and does not naturally occur together with the fusogenic component on a single molecule or a single viral particle.
14. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13, wherein the synthetic lipid vesicle is essentially unilamellar. between 100 nm and 1000 nm in size, and has a cholesterol:phospholipid molar ratio between 0.5 and 1.2.
15. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13. having a lipid composition resembling that of a naturally occurring virus or viral particle.
16. The bifunctional liposome of claim 1 . wherein the tissue targeting component and the fusogenic component are covalently linked to each other or to a single polypeptide.
17. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13. wherein the tissue targeting component and the fusogenic component are independently anchored in the synthetic lipid vesicle.
18. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13, wherein the fusogenic component comprises an influenza hemagglutinin peptide.
19. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13 comprising an encapsulated polynucleotide, obtainable by a process comprising the steps of: a) encapsulating the polynucleotide in the lipid vesicle: b) contacting the lipid vesicle formed in step a) with the tissue targeting component in the presence of a detergent: c ) contacting the lipid vesicle formed in step a) with the fusogenic component in the presence of a detergent; and d) removing the detergent(s) used in steps b) and c).
20. The bifunctional liposome of claim 19. wherein the encapsulated polynucleotide is compressed by contacting the polynucleotide with a polypeptide comprising a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% of the amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7.
21. The bifunctional liposome of claim 13 comprising an encapsulated polynucleotide. obtainable by a process comprising the steps of: a) encapsulating the polynucleotide in a lipid vesicle comprising a lipid to which the tissue targeting component is covalently attached; b) contacting the lipid vesicle formed in step a) with the fusogenic component in the presence of a detergent: and c) removing the detergent.
22. A bifunctional liposome of claim 13 comprising an encapsulated polynucleotide. obtainable by a process comprising the step of encapsulating the fusogenic component and the polynucleotide in a lipid vesicle comprising a lipid and the tissue targeting component.
23. A method of compressing a polynucleotide, comprising the steps of contacting the polynucleotide with a polypeptide comprising a linear sequence of at least 7 amino acids of which at least 50% of the amino acids have a side chain bearing a positive charge at pH 7 to produce a polypeptide:polynucleotide complex, and then forming a lipid envelope around the complex.
A method of preparing an encapsulated compressed polynucleotide. compπsing compressing a polynucleotide according to claim 23. wherein the lipid envelope is a lipid vesicle of between 100 and 1000 nm that encapsulates the compressed polynucleotide
The method of claim 24. further comprising inserting a tissue targeting component into the lipid vesicle following step b)
A method of deliveπng a polynucleotide to a cell, compπsing contacting the cell with the liposome of claim 1
A method of modulating expression ot a protein a cell, compπsing contacting the cell with the liposome of claim 1 wherein said compressed polynucleotide comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding the protein or a fragment thereof, or a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a sequence encoding the protein or a fragment thereof
A method of dehveπng a polynucleotide to a cell in an individual, compπsing administeπng to the individual the liposome of claim 1
A method of delivering a substance to a lung endothelial cell in an individual, compπsing administeπng to an individual the liposome of claim 10 encapsulating the substance
A pharmaceutical composition compπsing the liposome of claim 1
A pharmaceutical composition compπsing the bifunctional liposome of claim 13
A method for prepaπng a pharmaceutical composition, compπsing mixing the liposome of claim 1 with a pharmaceutically compatible excipient
33. A method of gene therapy, comprising the steps of: a) obtaining cells from an individual in need of the gene therapy; b) genetically altering the cells by delivering to the cells a polynucleotide by the method of claim 26; and c) readministering the genetically altered cells to the individual.
34. A method of gene therapy, comprising administering to an individual an effective amount ofthe pharmaceutical composition of claim 30.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
AU66914/96A AU6691496A (en) | 1995-08-01 | 1996-08-01 | Enhanced artificial viral envelopes for cellular delivery of therapeutic substances |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US173895P | 1995-08-01 | 1995-08-01 | |
US60/001,738 | 1995-08-01 | ||
US258095P | 1995-08-21 | 1995-08-21 | |
US60/002,580 | 1995-08-21 | ||
US69061396A | 1996-07-31 | 1996-07-31 | |
US60/690,613 | 1996-07-31 |
Publications (4)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO1997004748A2 WO1997004748A2 (en) | 1997-02-13 |
WO1997004748A3 WO1997004748A3 (en) | 1997-05-29 |
WO1997004748B1 WO1997004748B1 (en) | 1997-07-17 |
WO1997004748A9 true WO1997004748A9 (en) | 1997-10-09 |
Family
ID=27356985
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US1996/012750 WO1997004748A2 (en) | 1995-08-01 | 1996-08-01 | Enhanced artificial viral envelopes for cellular delivery of therapeutic substances |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
AU (1) | AU6691496A (en) |
WO (1) | WO1997004748A2 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9150852B2 (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2015-10-06 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for molecular labeling |
US9364803B2 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2016-06-14 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Methods for forming mixed droplets |
US9440232B2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2016-09-13 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems |
Families Citing this family (48)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
ATE210145T1 (en) * | 1996-04-12 | 2001-12-15 | Univ Pittsburgh | NEW CATIONIC CHOLESTEROL DERIVATIVES WITH CYCLIC POLAR GROUPS |
US6258792B1 (en) | 1996-04-12 | 2001-07-10 | University Of Pittsburgh | Cationic cholesteryl derivatives containing cyclic polar groups |
FR2751222B1 (en) | 1996-07-16 | 1998-10-09 | Capsulis | COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING AT LEAST ONE NUCLEIC ACID AND THEIR APPLICATIONS IN THE BIOMEDICAL FIELD, PARTICULARLY IN GENE THERAPY |
TWI225412B (en) * | 1997-06-23 | 2004-12-21 | Sequus Pharm Inc | Liposome-entrapped polynucleotide composition and method |
DK1019496T3 (en) | 1997-07-07 | 2005-01-10 | Medical Res Council | In vitro sorting method |
FR2766705B1 (en) * | 1997-07-30 | 2001-05-25 | Biovector Therapeutics | PARTICLE COMPLEX OF NEUTRAL OR NEGATIVE GLOBAL CHARGE FORMED OF A CATIONIC OR NEUTRAL VESICLE AND A BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE ANIONIC SUBSTANCE, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE |
FR2766706B1 (en) * | 1997-07-30 | 2001-05-25 | Biovector Therapeutics Sa | STABLE PARTICULATE COMPLEXES OF NEUTRAL OR NEGATIVE GLOBAL LOAD OF MULTILAMELLAR STRUCTURE COMPOSED OF AT LEAST ONE BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE GLOBALLY ANIONIC SUBSTANCE AND A CATIONIC COMPONENT, THEIR PREPARATION AND USE |
US6372720B1 (en) * | 1998-02-05 | 2002-04-16 | Kenneth J. Longmuir | Liposome fusion and delivery vehicle |
US6903196B1 (en) | 1999-06-17 | 2005-06-07 | Utah Ventures Ii, L.P. | Methods for identifying and isolating tissue-specific lumen-exposed molecules |
GB0015624D0 (en) * | 2000-06-26 | 2000-08-16 | Nat Cancer Centre | Materials and methods relating to improved gene delivery |
AU2002231637A1 (en) * | 2000-11-22 | 2002-06-03 | Vectron Therapeutics Ag | Production and use of a targeted diagnostic system |
AU2002235141A1 (en) | 2000-11-27 | 2002-06-03 | Geron Corporation | Glycosyltransferase vectors for treating cancer |
US7491702B2 (en) | 2001-04-18 | 2009-02-17 | The Open University | Polypeptides related to amyloid precursor protein, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of treatment using the same |
WO2002083729A2 (en) * | 2001-04-18 | 2002-10-24 | The Open University | Polypeptides derived from amyloid precursor peptide (app) and their uses |
US7622446B2 (en) | 2001-04-18 | 2009-11-24 | The Open University | Polypeptides, derivatives and uses thereof |
EP1383480A4 (en) * | 2001-04-30 | 2006-05-24 | Targeted Genetics Corp | Lipid-comprising drug delivery complexes and methods for their production |
JP2005501011A (en) * | 2001-06-08 | 2005-01-13 | ユタ ベンチャー ザ セカンド リミテッド パートナーシップ | Tissue-specific inner membrane protein |
AU2003280604A1 (en) * | 2002-11-01 | 2004-05-25 | Anges Mg, Inc. | Medicinal preparation having chemotherapeutic encapsulated therein |
GB0307428D0 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2003-05-07 | Medical Res Council | Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry |
US20060078893A1 (en) | 2004-10-12 | 2006-04-13 | Medical Research Council | Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control |
GB0307403D0 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2003-05-07 | Medical Res Council | Selection by compartmentalised screening |
US20050221339A1 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Medical Research Council Harvard University | Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control |
US7968287B2 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2011-06-28 | Medical Research Council Harvard University | In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems |
EP3312196B1 (en) | 2005-03-23 | 2019-07-17 | Genmab A/S | Antibodies against cd38 for treatment of multiple myeloma |
WO2007081387A1 (en) | 2006-01-11 | 2007-07-19 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Microfluidic devices, methods of use, and kits for performing diagnostics |
US9562837B2 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2017-02-07 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Systems for handling microfludic droplets |
US20080003142A1 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2008-01-03 | Link Darren R | Microfluidic devices |
US9074242B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2015-07-07 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Digital analyte analysis |
US9012390B2 (en) | 2006-08-07 | 2015-04-21 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants |
WO2008130623A1 (en) | 2007-04-19 | 2008-10-30 | Brandeis University | Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems |
PT2222697E (en) | 2007-11-01 | 2013-02-15 | Perseid Therapeutics Llc | Immunosuppressive polypeptides and nucleic acids |
EP4047367A1 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2022-08-24 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Method for detecting target analytes with droplet libraries |
US8528589B2 (en) | 2009-03-23 | 2013-09-10 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Manipulation of microfluidic droplets |
WO2011042564A1 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2011-04-14 | Universite De Strasbourg | Labelled silica-based nanomaterial with enhanced properties and uses thereof |
EP2517025B1 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2019-11-27 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets |
US9366632B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2016-06-14 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Digital analyte analysis |
US10351905B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2019-07-16 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Digital analyte analysis |
US9399797B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2016-07-26 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Digital analyte analysis |
WO2012045012A2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2012-04-05 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Sandwich assays in droplets |
WO2012167142A2 (en) | 2011-06-02 | 2012-12-06 | Raindance Technolgies, Inc. | Enzyme quantification |
US8841071B2 (en) | 2011-06-02 | 2014-09-23 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Sample multiplexing |
US8658430B2 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2014-02-25 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Manipulating droplet size |
WO2013142514A1 (en) * | 2012-03-19 | 2013-09-26 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating alpha-1-antitrypsin expression |
US11901041B2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2024-02-13 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Digital analysis of nucleic acid modification |
US9944977B2 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2018-04-17 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Distinguishing rare variations in a nucleic acid sequence from a sample |
WO2015103367A1 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2015-07-09 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | System and method for detection of rna species |
US10647981B1 (en) | 2015-09-08 | 2020-05-12 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Nucleic acid library generation methods and compositions |
KR20210021473A (en) * | 2018-05-15 | 2021-02-26 | 플래그쉽 파이어니어링 이노베이션스 브이, 인크. | Fusosome composition and use thereof |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2958076B2 (en) * | 1990-08-27 | 1999-10-06 | 株式会社ビタミン研究所 | Multilamellar liposome for gene transfer and gene-captured multilamellar liposome preparation and method for producing the same |
PL296382A1 (en) * | 1991-02-02 | 1993-11-02 | Nika Health Products Ltd Li Li | Artificial membrane beads containing functionally active peptides responsible for fusion as a drug administering system |
DE4139001A1 (en) * | 1991-11-27 | 1993-06-03 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh | PROCESS FOR INJECTION OF NUCLEAR ACIDS IN CELLS |
WO1994018947A1 (en) * | 1993-02-16 | 1994-09-01 | Sharifa Karali | High purity protamine-dna complex and use of same |
DE69634084T2 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2005-12-08 | Inex Pharmaceuticals Corp. | PREPARATION OF LIPID NUCLEIC ACID PARTICLES A HYDROPHOBIC LIPID NUCLEIC ACID COMPLEX INTERMEDIATE PRODUCT AND FOR THE USE IN THE TRANSFER OF THE INVENTION |
-
1996
- 1996-08-01 AU AU66914/96A patent/AU6691496A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1996-08-01 WO PCT/US1996/012750 patent/WO1997004748A2/en active Application Filing
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9440232B2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2016-09-13 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems |
US9364803B2 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2016-06-14 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Methods for forming mixed droplets |
US9150852B2 (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2015-10-06 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for molecular labeling |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO1997004748A9 (en) | Enhanced artificial viral envelopes for cellular delivery of therapeutic substances | |
WO1997004748A2 (en) | Enhanced artificial viral envelopes for cellular delivery of therapeutic substances | |
Mahato et al. | Pharmaceutical perspectives of nonviral gene therapy | |
CA2263705C (en) | Novel sandwich liposome complexes comprising a biologically active agent | |
US7288266B2 (en) | Liposome complexes for increased systemic delivery | |
Rolland | From genes to gene medicines: recent advances in nonviral gene delivery | |
JP4335310B2 (en) | Lipid-nucleic acid particles prepared through hydrophobic lipid-nucleic acid complex intermediates and use for gene transfer | |
US5631237A (en) | Method for producing in vivo delivery of therapeutic agents via liposomes | |
AU2001275423B2 (en) | Encapsulation of polynucleotides and drugs into targeted liposomes | |
Tomlinson et al. | Controllable gene therapy pharmaceutics of non-viral gene delivery systems | |
US9278067B2 (en) | Encapsulation of plasmid DNA (lipogenes™) and therapeutic agents with nuclear localization signal/fusogenic peptide conjugates into targeted liposome complexes | |
US6770291B2 (en) | Liposome complexes for increased systemic delivery | |
AU781356B2 (en) | Viral core protein-cationic lipid-nucleic acid-delivery complexes | |
EP0646178A1 (en) | expression cassette with regularoty regions functional in the mammmlian host | |
WO1998007408A9 (en) | Novel liposome complexes for increased systemic delivery | |
WO2003068190A1 (en) | Intracellular delivery of therapeutic agents | |
US7001614B2 (en) | Liposome complexes for increased systemic delivery | |
US11793756B2 (en) | Anionic nanocomplexes for nucleic acid delivery | |
Kinsey et al. | Non-viral gene delivery to the lungs | |
US20030109475A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for in vivo gene therapy | |
AU672412C (en) | Expression cassette with regulatory regions functional in the mammalian host | |
JPH10147595A (en) | Oligopeptide derivative |